File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c |
Warning: | line 4721, column 3 Value stored to 's' is never read |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
2 | |
3 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
4 | 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
5 | |
6 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
7 | |
8 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
11 | (at your option) any later version. |
12 | |
13 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
17 | |
18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
19 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
20 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
21 | |
22 | /* |
23 | SECTION |
24 | ELF backends |
25 | |
26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
29 | |
30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
32 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
33 | |
34 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
35 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
36 | #include "bfd.h" |
37 | #include "sysdep.h" |
38 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
39 | #include "libbfd.h" |
40 | #define ARCH_SIZE0 0 |
41 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
42 | #include "libiberty.h" |
43 | |
44 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
45 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
46 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
47 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
48 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
49 | |
50 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
51 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
52 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
53 | |
54 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
55 | |
56 | void |
57 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
58 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
59 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
60 | { |
61 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_version)); |
62 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_flags)); |
63 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_ndx)); |
64 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_cnt)); |
65 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_hash)); |
66 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_aux)); |
67 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_next)); |
68 | } |
69 | |
70 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
71 | |
72 | void |
73 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
74 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
75 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
76 | { |
77 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_version, dst ->vd_version)); |
78 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_flags, dst ->vd_flags)); |
79 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_ndx, dst-> vd_ndx)); |
80 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_cnt, dst-> vd_cnt)); |
81 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_hash, dst-> vd_hash)); |
82 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_aux, dst-> vd_aux)); |
83 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_next, dst-> vd_next)); |
84 | } |
85 | |
86 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
87 | |
88 | void |
89 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
90 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
91 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
92 | { |
93 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_name)); |
94 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_next)); |
95 | } |
96 | |
97 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
98 | |
99 | void |
100 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
101 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
102 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
103 | { |
104 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_name, dst ->vda_name)); |
105 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_next, dst ->vda_next)); |
106 | } |
107 | |
108 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
109 | |
110 | void |
111 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
112 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
113 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
114 | { |
115 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_version)); |
116 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_cnt)); |
117 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_file)); |
118 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_aux)); |
119 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_next)); |
120 | } |
121 | |
122 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
123 | |
124 | void |
125 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
126 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
127 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
128 | { |
129 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_version, dst ->vn_version)); |
130 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_cnt, dst-> vn_cnt)); |
131 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_file, dst-> vn_file)); |
132 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_aux, dst-> vn_aux)); |
133 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_next, dst-> vn_next)); |
134 | } |
135 | |
136 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
137 | |
138 | void |
139 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
140 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
141 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
142 | { |
143 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_hash)); |
144 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_flags)); |
145 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_other)); |
146 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_name)); |
147 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_next)); |
148 | } |
149 | |
150 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
151 | |
152 | void |
153 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
154 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
155 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
156 | { |
157 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_hash, dst ->vna_hash)); |
158 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_flags, dst ->vna_flags)); |
159 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_other, dst ->vna_other)); |
160 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_name, dst ->vna_name)); |
161 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_next, dst ->vna_next)); |
162 | } |
163 | |
164 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
165 | |
166 | void |
167 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
168 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
169 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
170 | { |
171 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vs_vers)); |
172 | } |
173 | |
174 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
175 | |
176 | void |
177 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
178 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
179 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
180 | { |
181 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vs_vers, dst-> vs_vers)); |
182 | } |
183 | |
184 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
185 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
186 | |
187 | unsigned long |
188 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
189 | { |
190 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
191 | unsigned long h = 0; |
192 | unsigned long g; |
193 | int ch; |
194 | |
195 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
196 | { |
197 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
198 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
199 | { |
200 | h ^= g >> 24; |
201 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
202 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
203 | h ^= g; |
204 | } |
205 | } |
206 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
207 | } |
208 | |
209 | /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
210 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
211 | |
212 | unsigned long |
213 | bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) |
214 | { |
215 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
216 | unsigned long h = 5381; |
217 | unsigned char ch; |
218 | |
219 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
220 | h = (h << 5) + h + ch; |
221 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | bfd_boolean |
225 | bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
226 | { |
227 | /* This just does initialization. */ |
228 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ |
229 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
230 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) == 0) |
231 | return FALSE0; |
232 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any |
233 | initialization? */ |
234 | |
235 | return TRUE1; |
236 | } |
237 | |
238 | bfd_boolean |
239 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
240 | { |
241 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
242 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
243 | } |
244 | |
245 | char * |
246 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
247 | { |
248 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
249 | bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL((void*)0); |
250 | file_ptr offset; |
251 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
252 | |
253 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
254 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
255 | return NULL((void*)0); |
256 | |
257 | shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
258 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
259 | { |
260 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
261 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
262 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
263 | |
264 | /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes |
265 | in case the string table is not terminated. */ |
266 | if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0 |
267 | || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL((void*)0) |
268 | || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
269 | shstrtab = NULL((void*)0); |
270 | else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) |
271 | { |
272 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
273 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
274 | shstrtab = NULL((void*)0); |
275 | } |
276 | else |
277 | shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; |
278 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
279 | } |
280 | return (char *) shstrtab; |
281 | } |
282 | |
283 | char * |
284 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
285 | unsigned int shindex, |
286 | unsigned int strindex) |
287 | { |
288 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
289 | |
290 | if (strindex == 0) |
291 | return ""; |
292 | |
293 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
294 | |
295 | if (hdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
296 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL((void*)0)) |
297 | return NULL((void*)0); |
298 | |
299 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
300 | { |
301 | unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx; |
302 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
303 | (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'")("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
304 | abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
305 | (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name |
306 | ? ".shstrtab" |
307 | : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
308 | return ""; |
309 | } |
310 | |
311 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
312 | } |
313 | |
314 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
315 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
316 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
317 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
318 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */ |
319 | |
320 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
321 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
323 | size_t symcount, |
324 | size_t symoffset, |
325 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
326 | void *extsym_buf, |
327 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
328 | { |
329 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
330 | void *alloc_ext; |
331 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
332 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
333 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
334 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
335 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
336 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
337 | size_t extsym_size; |
338 | bfd_size_type amt; |
339 | file_ptr pos; |
340 | |
341 | if (symcount == 0) |
342 | return intsym_buf; |
343 | |
344 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
345 | shndx_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
346 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr) |
347 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
348 | |
349 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
350 | alloc_ext = NULL((void*)0); |
351 | alloc_extshndx = NULL((void*)0); |
352 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
353 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
354 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
355 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
356 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
357 | { |
358 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); |
359 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
360 | } |
361 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
362 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
363 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
364 | { |
365 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
366 | goto out; |
367 | } |
368 | |
369 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL((void*)0) || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
370 | extshndx_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
371 | else |
372 | { |
373 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
374 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
375 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
376 | { |
377 | alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, |
378 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
379 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
380 | } |
381 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
382 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
383 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
384 | { |
385 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
386 | goto out; |
387 | } |
388 | } |
389 | |
390 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
391 | { |
392 | intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
393 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
394 | goto out; |
395 | } |
396 | |
397 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
398 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
399 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; |
400 | isym < isymend; |
401 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL((void*)0) ? shndx + 1 : NULL((void*)0)) |
402 | (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym); |
403 | |
404 | out: |
405 | if (alloc_ext != NULL((void*)0)) |
406 | free (alloc_ext); |
407 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
408 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
409 | |
410 | return intsym_buf; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
414 | const char * |
415 | bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, |
416 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
417 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
418 | asection *sym_sec) |
419 | { |
420 | const char *name; |
421 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
422 | unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
423 | |
424 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info)((isym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3 |
425 | /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ |
426 | && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) |
427 | && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF)) |
428 | { |
429 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
430 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx; |
431 | } |
432 | |
433 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
434 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
435 | name = "(null)"; |
436 | else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') |
437 | name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec)((sym_sec)->name); |
438 | |
439 | return name; |
440 | } |
441 | |
442 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
443 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
444 | pointers. */ |
445 | |
446 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
447 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
448 | unsigned int flags; |
449 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
450 | |
451 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
452 | signature just a string? */ |
453 | |
454 | static const char * |
455 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
456 | { |
457 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
458 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
459 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
460 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
461 | |
462 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure |
463 | that it is a symbol table section. */ |
464 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) [ghdr->sh_link]; |
465 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB2 |
466 | || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
467 | return NULL((void*)0); |
468 | |
469 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
470 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
471 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
472 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
473 | return NULL((void*)0); |
474 | |
475 | return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL((void*)0)); |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
479 | |
480 | static bfd_boolean |
481 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
482 | { |
483 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group; |
484 | |
485 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
486 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
487 | if (num_group == 0) |
488 | { |
489 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
490 | |
491 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
492 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
493 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
494 | num_group = 0; |
495 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
496 | { |
497 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
498 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
499 | num_group += 1; |
500 | } |
501 | |
502 | if (num_group == 0) |
503 | { |
504 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
505 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group = num_group; |
506 | } |
507 | else |
508 | { |
509 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
510 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
511 | bfd_size_type amt; |
512 | |
513 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group = num_group; |
514 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr |
515 | = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
516 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
517 | return FALSE0; |
518 | |
519 | num_group = 0; |
520 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
521 | { |
522 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
523 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
524 | { |
525 | unsigned char *src; |
526 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
527 | |
528 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
529 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
530 | num_group += 1; |
531 | |
532 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
533 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4)do { if (!(sizeof (*dest) >= 4)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,533); } while (0); |
534 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
535 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, |
536 | sizeof (*dest) / 4); |
537 | if (shdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
538 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
539 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
540 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
541 | return FALSE0; |
542 | |
543 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
544 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
545 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
546 | pointers. */ |
547 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
548 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
549 | while (1) |
550 | { |
551 | unsigned int idx; |
552 | |
553 | src -= 4; |
554 | --dest; |
555 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src)); |
556 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
557 | { |
558 | dest->flags = idx; |
559 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) && (idx & GRP_COMDAT0x1)) |
560 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
561 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x20000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
562 | break; |
563 | } |
564 | if (idx >= shnum) |
565 | { |
566 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
567 | (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry")("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); |
568 | idx = 0; |
569 | } |
570 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[idx]; |
571 | } |
572 | } |
573 | } |
574 | } |
575 | } |
576 | |
577 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
578 | { |
579 | unsigned int i; |
580 | |
581 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
582 | { |
583 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
584 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
585 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
586 | |
587 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
588 | section is a member. */ |
589 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
590 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
591 | { |
592 | asection *s = NULL((void*)0); |
593 | |
594 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
595 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
596 | next_in_group. */ |
597 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
598 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
599 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
600 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
601 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
602 | break; |
603 | if (n_elt != 0) |
604 | { |
605 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
606 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
607 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = elf_group_name (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->group .name); |
608 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
609 | elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = newsect; |
610 | } |
611 | else |
612 | { |
613 | const char *gname; |
614 | |
615 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
616 | if (gname == NULL((void*)0)) |
617 | return FALSE0; |
618 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = gname; |
619 | |
620 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
621 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = newsect; |
622 | } |
623 | |
624 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
625 | new member. */ |
626 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
627 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(shdr->bfd_section)->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = newsect; |
628 | |
629 | i = num_group - 1; |
630 | break; |
631 | } |
632 | } |
633 | } |
634 | |
635 | if (elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) == NULL((void*)0)) |
636 | { |
637 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A")("%B: no group info for section %A"), |
638 | abfd, newsect); |
639 | } |
640 | return TRUE1; |
641 | } |
642 | |
643 | bfd_boolean |
644 | _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) |
645 | { |
646 | unsigned int i; |
647 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group; |
648 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE1; |
649 | asection *s; |
650 | |
651 | /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
652 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
653 | { |
654 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
655 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER(1 << 7)) != 0) |
656 | { |
657 | unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; |
658 | /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may |
659 | not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could |
660 | get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ |
661 | if (elfsec == 0) |
662 | { |
663 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
664 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
665 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
666 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
667 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'")("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
668 | abfd, s); |
669 | } |
670 | else |
671 | { |
672 | asection *link; |
673 | |
674 | this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]; |
675 | |
676 | /* PR 1991, 2008: |
677 | Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in |
678 | sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ |
679 | link = this_hdr->bfd_section; |
680 | if (link == NULL((void*)0)) |
681 | { |
682 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
683 | (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect")("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), |
684 | s->owner, s, elfsec); |
685 | result = FALSE0; |
686 | } |
687 | |
688 | elf_linked_to_section (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->linked_to ) = link; |
689 | } |
690 | } |
691 | } |
692 | |
693 | /* Process section groups. */ |
694 | if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) |
695 | return result; |
696 | |
697 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
698 | { |
699 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
700 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
701 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
702 | |
703 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
704 | if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) |
705 | elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(idx->shdr->bfd_section )->used_by_bfd)->sec_group) = shdr->bfd_section; |
706 | else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4 |
707 | || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9) |
708 | /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in |
709 | output object files. We adjust the group section size here |
710 | so that relocatable link will work correctly when |
711 | relocation sections are in section group in input object |
712 | files. */ |
713 | shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; |
714 | else |
715 | { |
716 | /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ |
717 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
718 | (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]")("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), |
719 | abfd, |
720 | (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, |
721 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
722 | (elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header) |
723 | ->e_shstrndx), |
724 | idx->shdr->sh_name), |
725 | shdr->bfd_section->name); |
726 | result = FALSE0; |
727 | } |
728 | } |
729 | return result; |
730 | } |
731 | |
732 | bfd_boolean |
733 | bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), const asection *sec) |
734 | { |
735 | return elf_next_in_group (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0); |
736 | } |
737 | |
738 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
739 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
740 | |
741 | bfd_boolean |
742 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
743 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
744 | const char *name, |
745 | int shindex) |
746 | { |
747 | asection *newsect; |
748 | flagword flags; |
749 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
750 | |
751 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
752 | { |
753 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,do { if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0) ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,754); } while (0) |
754 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0)do { if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0) ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,754); } while (0); |
755 | return TRUE1; |
756 | } |
757 | |
758 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
759 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
760 | return FALSE0; |
761 | |
762 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
763 | elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
764 | elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx = shindex; |
765 | |
766 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
767 | elf_section_type (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_type) = hdr->sh_type; |
768 | elf_section_flags (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_flags) = hdr->sh_flags; |
769 | |
770 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
771 | |
772 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)(((newsect)->vma = (newsect)->lma = (hdr->sh_addr)), ((newsect)->user_set_vma = 1), 1) |
773 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
774 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1) |
775 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1)) |
776 | return FALSE0; |
777 | |
778 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS0x000; |
779 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
780 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
781 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17) |
782 | flags |= SEC_GROUP0x4000000 | SEC_EXCLUDE0x8000; |
783 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
784 | { |
785 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
786 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
787 | flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
788 | } |
789 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE(1 << 0)) == 0) |
790 | flags |= SEC_READONLY0x008; |
791 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2)) != 0) |
792 | flags |= SEC_CODE0x010; |
793 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
794 | flags |= SEC_DATA0x020; |
795 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE(1 << 4)) != 0) |
796 | { |
797 | flags |= SEC_MERGE0x1000000; |
798 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
799 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5)) != 0) |
800 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS0x2000000; |
801 | } |
802 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) |
803 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
804 | return FALSE0; |
805 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS(1 << 10)) != 0) |
806 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400; |
807 | |
808 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) == 0) |
809 | { |
810 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, |
811 | not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ |
812 | static const struct |
813 | { |
814 | const char *name; |
815 | int len; |
816 | } debug_sections [] = |
817 | { |
818 | { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */ |
819 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'e' */ |
820 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'f' */ |
821 | { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */ |
822 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'h' */ |
823 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'i' */ |
824 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'j' */ |
825 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'k' */ |
826 | { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */ |
827 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'm' */ |
828 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'n' */ |
829 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'o' */ |
830 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'p' */ |
831 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'q' */ |
832 | { NULL((void*)0), 0 }, /* 'r' */ |
833 | { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */ |
834 | }; |
835 | |
836 | if (name [0] == '.') |
837 | { |
838 | int i = name [1] - 'd'; |
839 | if (i >= 0 |
840 | && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)(sizeof (debug_sections) / sizeof ((debug_sections)[0])) |
841 | && debug_sections [i].name != NULL((void*)0) |
842 | && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name, |
843 | debug_sections [i].len) == 0) |
844 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING0x2000; |
845 | } |
846 | } |
847 | |
848 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
849 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
850 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
851 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
852 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
853 | all but one of the sections. */ |
854 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0 |
855 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(newsect)->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) == NULL((void*)0)) |
856 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x20000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
857 | |
858 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
859 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
860 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
861 | return FALSE0; |
862 | |
863 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
864 | return FALSE0; |
865 | |
866 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
867 | { |
868 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
869 | unsigned int i; |
870 | |
871 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. |
872 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since |
873 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ |
874 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
875 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
876 | { |
877 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
878 | break; |
879 | } |
880 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum) |
881 | { |
882 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
883 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
884 | { |
885 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
886 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
887 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
888 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
889 | |
890 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and |
891 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong |
892 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can |
893 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, |
894 | place special significance on the address 0 and |
895 | executables need to be able to have a segment which |
896 | covers this address. */ |
897 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
898 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
899 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
900 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
901 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0 |
902 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
903 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) |
904 | { |
905 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
906 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
907 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
908 | else |
909 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
910 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
911 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
912 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
913 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
914 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
915 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
916 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
917 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
918 | |
919 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
920 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
921 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
922 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
923 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
924 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
925 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
926 | break; |
927 | } |
928 | } |
929 | } |
930 | } |
931 | |
932 | return TRUE1; |
933 | } |
934 | |
935 | /* |
936 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
937 | bfd_elf_find_section |
938 | |
939 | SYNOPSIS |
940 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
941 | |
942 | DESCRIPTION |
943 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
944 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
945 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
946 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
947 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
948 | */ |
949 | |
950 | struct elf_internal_shdr * |
951 | bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) |
952 | { |
953 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
954 | char *shstrtab; |
955 | unsigned int max; |
956 | unsigned int i; |
957 | |
958 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
959 | if (i_shdrp != NULL((void*)0)) |
960 | { |
961 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, |
962 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx); |
963 | if (shstrtab != NULL((void*)0)) |
964 | { |
965 | max = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
966 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
967 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
968 | return i_shdrp[i]; |
969 | } |
970 | } |
971 | return 0; |
972 | } |
973 | |
974 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
975 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
976 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
977 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
978 | }; |
979 | |
980 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
981 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
982 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
983 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
984 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
985 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
986 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
987 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
988 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
989 | |
990 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
991 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
992 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
993 | asymbol *symbol, |
994 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
995 | asection *input_section, |
996 | bfd *output_bfd, |
997 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
998 | { |
999 | if (output_bfd != NULL((void*)0) |
1000 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
1001 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
1002 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
1003 | { |
1004 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
1005 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
1006 | } |
1007 | |
1008 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
1009 | } |
1010 | |
1011 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */ |
1012 | |
1013 | static void |
1014 | merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
1015 | asection *sec) |
1016 | { |
1017 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)do { if (!(sec->sec_info_type == 2)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1017); } while (0); |
1018 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE0; |
1019 | } |
1020 | |
1021 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
1022 | |
1023 | bfd_boolean |
1024 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1025 | { |
1026 | bfd *ibfd; |
1027 | asection *sec; |
1028 | |
1029 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1030 | return FALSE0; |
1031 | |
1032 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL((void*)0); ibfd = ibfd->link_next) |
1033 | if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) == 0) |
1034 | for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL((void*)0); sec = sec->next) |
1035 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE0x1000000) != 0 |
1036 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)((sec->output_section) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section ))) |
1037 | { |
1038 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata; |
1039 | |
1040 | secdata = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd); |
1041 | if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd, |
1042 | &elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
1043 | sec, &secdata->sec_info)) |
1044 | return FALSE0; |
1045 | else if (secdata->sec_info) |
1046 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2; |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | if (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info != NULL((void*)0)) |
1050 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
1051 | merge_sections_remove_hook); |
1052 | return TRUE1; |
1053 | } |
1054 | |
1055 | void |
1056 | _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1057 | { |
1058 | sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr((asection *) &bfd_abs_section); |
1059 | sec->output_offset = sec->vma; |
1060 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1061 | return; |
1062 | |
1063 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS4; |
1064 | } |
1065 | |
1066 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
1067 | another. */ |
1068 | |
1069 | bfd_boolean |
1070 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
1071 | { |
1072 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1073 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
1074 | return TRUE1; |
1075 | |
1076 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)do { if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init ) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1078); } while (0) |
1077 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flagsdo { if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init ) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1078); } while (0) |
1078 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags))do { if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init ) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1078); } while (0); |
1079 | |
1080 | elf_gp (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp) = elf_gp (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp); |
1081 | elf_elfheader (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags; |
1082 | elf_flags_init (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) = TRUE1; |
1083 | return TRUE1; |
1084 | } |
1085 | |
1086 | static const char * |
1087 | get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) |
1088 | { |
1089 | const char *pt; |
1090 | switch (p_type) |
1091 | { |
1092 | case PT_NULL0: pt = "NULL"; break; |
1093 | case PT_LOAD1: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
1094 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
1095 | case PT_INTERP3: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
1096 | case PT_NOTE4: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
1097 | case PT_SHLIB5: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
1098 | case PT_PHDR6: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
1099 | case PT_TLS7: pt = "TLS"; break; |
1100 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
1101 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): pt = "STACK"; break; |
1102 | case PT_GNU_RELRO(0x60000000 + 0x474e552): pt = "RELRO"; break; |
1103 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: pt = "OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE"; break; |
1104 | case PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED0x65a3dbe7: pt = "OPENBSD_WXNEEDED"; break; |
1105 | case PT_OPENBSD_BOOTDATA0x65a41be6: pt = "OPENBSD_BOOTDATA"; break; |
1106 | default: pt = NULL((void*)0); break; |
1107 | } |
1108 | return pt; |
1109 | } |
1110 | |
1111 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
1112 | |
1113 | bfd_boolean |
1114 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
1115 | { |
1116 | FILE *f = farg; |
1117 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
1118 | asection *s; |
1119 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
1120 | |
1121 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
1122 | if (p != NULL((void*)0)) |
1123 | { |
1124 | unsigned int i, c; |
1125 | |
1126 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
1127 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
1128 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
1129 | { |
1130 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); |
1131 | char buf[20]; |
1132 | |
1133 | if (pt == NULL((void*)0)) |
1134 | { |
1135 | sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); |
1136 | pt = buf; |
1137 | } |
1138 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
1139 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
1140 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
1141 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
1142 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
1143 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
1144 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
1145 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
1146 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
1147 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
1148 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
1149 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
1150 | (p->p_flags & PF_R(1 << 2)) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
1151 | (p->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1)) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
1152 | (p->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
1153 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))) != 0) |
1154 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))); |
1155 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
1156 | } |
1157 | } |
1158 | |
1159 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
1160 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
1161 | { |
1162 | int elfsec; |
1163 | unsigned long shlink; |
1164 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
1165 | size_t extdynsize; |
1166 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
1167 | |
1168 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
1169 | |
1170 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
1171 | goto error_return; |
1172 | |
1173 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
1174 | if (elfsec == -1) |
1175 | goto error_return; |
1176 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
1177 | |
1178 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
1179 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
1180 | |
1181 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
1182 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
1183 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
1184 | { |
1185 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
1186 | const char *name; |
1187 | char ab[20]; |
1188 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
1189 | |
1190 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
1191 | |
1192 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
1193 | break; |
1194 | |
1195 | stringp = FALSE0; |
1196 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
1197 | { |
1198 | default: |
1199 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
1200 | name = ab; |
1201 | break; |
1202 | |
1203 | case DT_NEEDED1: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1204 | case DT_PLTRELSZ2: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
1205 | case DT_PLTGOT3: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
1206 | case DT_HASH4: name = "HASH"; break; |
1207 | case DT_STRTAB5: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
1208 | case DT_SYMTAB6: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
1209 | case DT_RELA7: name = "RELA"; break; |
1210 | case DT_RELASZ8: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
1211 | case DT_RELAENT9: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
1212 | case DT_STRSZ10: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
1213 | case DT_SYMENT11: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
1214 | case DT_INIT12: name = "INIT"; break; |
1215 | case DT_FINI13: name = "FINI"; break; |
1216 | case DT_SONAME14: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1217 | case DT_RPATH15: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1218 | case DT_SYMBOLIC16: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
1219 | case DT_REL17: name = "REL"; break; |
1220 | case DT_RELSZ18: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
1221 | case DT_RELENT19: name = "RELENT"; break; |
1222 | case DT_PLTREL20: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
1223 | case DT_DEBUG21: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
1224 | case DT_TEXTREL22: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
1225 | case DT_JMPREL23: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
1226 | case DT_BIND_NOW24: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
1227 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY25: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
1228 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY26: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
1229 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ27: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1230 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ28: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1231 | case DT_RUNPATH29: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1232 | case DT_FLAGS30: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
1233 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY32: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
1234 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ33: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1235 | case DT_CHECKSUM0x6ffffdf8: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
1236 | case DT_PLTPADSZ0x6ffffdf9: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
1237 | case DT_MOVEENT0x6ffffdfa: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
1238 | case DT_MOVESZ0x6ffffdfb: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
1239 | case DT_FEATURE0x6ffffdfc: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
1240 | case DT_POSFLAG_10x6ffffdfd: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
1241 | case DT_SYMINSZ0x6ffffdfe: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
1242 | case DT_SYMINENT0x6ffffdff: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
1243 | case DT_CONFIG0x6ffffefa: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1244 | case DT_DEPAUDIT0x6ffffefb: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1245 | case DT_AUDIT0x6ffffefc: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1246 | case DT_PLTPAD0x6ffffefd: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
1247 | case DT_MOVETAB0x6ffffefe: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
1248 | case DT_SYMINFO0x6ffffeff: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
1249 | case DT_RELACOUNT0x6ffffff9: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
1250 | case DT_RELCOUNT0x6ffffffa: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
1251 | case DT_FLAGS_10x6ffffffb: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
1252 | case DT_VERSYM0x6ffffff0: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
1253 | case DT_VERDEF0x6ffffffc: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
1254 | case DT_VERDEFNUM0x6ffffffd: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
1255 | case DT_VERNEED0x6ffffffe: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
1256 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM0x6fffffff: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
1257 | case DT_AUXILIARY0x7ffffffd: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1258 | case DT_USED0x7ffffffe: name = "USED"; break; |
1259 | case DT_FILTER0x7fffffff: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1260 | case DT_GNU_HASH0x6ffffef5: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; |
1261 | case DT_RELR36: name = "RELR"; break; |
1262 | case DT_RELRSZ35: name = "RELRSZ"; break; |
1263 | case DT_RELRENT37: name = "RELRENT"; break; |
1264 | } |
1265 | |
1266 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); |
1267 | if (! stringp) |
1268 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); |
1269 | else |
1270 | { |
1271 | const char *string; |
1272 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
1273 | |
1274 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
1275 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
1276 | goto error_return; |
1277 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
1278 | } |
1279 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
1280 | } |
1281 | |
1282 | free (dynbuf); |
1283 | dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
1284 | } |
1285 | |
1286 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
1287 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0))) |
1288 | { |
1289 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE0)) |
1290 | return FALSE0; |
1291 | } |
1292 | |
1293 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
1294 | { |
1295 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
1296 | |
1297 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
1298 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vd_nextdef) |
1299 | { |
1300 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
1301 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, |
1302 | t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
1303 | if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL((void*)0) && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
1304 | { |
1305 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
1306 | |
1307 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
1308 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
1309 | a != NULL((void*)0); |
1310 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
1311 | fprintf (f, "%s ", |
1312 | a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
1313 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
1314 | } |
1315 | } |
1316 | } |
1317 | |
1318 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
1319 | { |
1320 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
1321 | |
1322 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")("\nVersion References:\n")); |
1323 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vn_nextref) |
1324 | { |
1325 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
1326 | |
1327 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n")(" required from %s:\n"), |
1328 | t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); |
1329 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
1330 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
1331 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, |
1332 | a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
1333 | } |
1334 | } |
1335 | |
1336 | return TRUE1; |
1337 | |
1338 | error_return: |
1339 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
1340 | free (dynbuf); |
1341 | return FALSE0; |
1342 | } |
1343 | |
1344 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
1345 | |
1346 | void |
1347 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
1348 | void *filep, |
1349 | asymbol *symbol, |
1350 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
1351 | { |
1352 | FILE *file = filep; |
1353 | switch (how) |
1354 | { |
1355 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
1356 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
1357 | break; |
1358 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
1359 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
1360 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
1361 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
1362 | break; |
1363 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
1364 | { |
1365 | const char *section_name; |
1366 | const char *name = NULL((void*)0); |
1367 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
1368 | unsigned char st_other; |
1369 | bfd_vma val; |
1370 | |
1371 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
1372 | |
1373 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
1374 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
1375 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
1376 | |
1377 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
1378 | { |
1379 | name = symbol->name; |
1380 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
1381 | } |
1382 | |
1383 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
1384 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
1385 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
1386 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
1387 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
1388 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)(((symbol->section)->flags & 0x1000) != 0)) |
1389 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
1390 | else |
1391 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
1392 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
1393 | |
1394 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
1395 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_section != 0 |
1396 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
1397 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
1398 | { |
1399 | unsigned int vernum; |
1400 | const char *version_string; |
1401 | |
1402 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff; |
1403 | |
1404 | if (vernum == 0) |
1405 | version_string = ""; |
1406 | else if (vernum == 1) |
1407 | version_string = "Base"; |
1408 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs) |
1409 | version_string = |
1410 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
1411 | else |
1412 | { |
1413 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
1414 | |
1415 | version_string = ""; |
1416 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
1417 | t != NULL((void*)0); |
1418 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
1419 | { |
1420 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
1421 | |
1422 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
1423 | { |
1424 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
1425 | { |
1426 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
1427 | break; |
1428 | } |
1429 | } |
1430 | } |
1431 | } |
1432 | |
1433 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN0x8000) == 0) |
1434 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
1435 | else |
1436 | { |
1437 | int i; |
1438 | |
1439 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
1440 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
1441 | putc (' ', file)(!__isthreaded ? __sputc(' ', file) : (putc)(' ', file)); |
1442 | } |
1443 | } |
1444 | |
1445 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
1446 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
1447 | |
1448 | switch (st_other) |
1449 | { |
1450 | case 0: break; |
1451 | case STV_INTERNAL1: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
1452 | case STV_HIDDEN2: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
1453 | case STV_PROTECTED3: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
1454 | default: |
1455 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
1456 | everything hex. */ |
1457 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
1458 | } |
1459 | |
1460 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
1461 | } |
1462 | break; |
1463 | } |
1464 | } |
1465 | |
1466 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1467 | |
1468 | struct bfd_hash_entry * |
1469 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
1470 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
1471 | const char *string) |
1472 | { |
1473 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
1474 | subclass. */ |
1475 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
1476 | { |
1477 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); |
1478 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
1479 | return entry; |
1480 | } |
1481 | |
1482 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
1483 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
1484 | if (entry != NULL((void*)0)) |
1485 | { |
1486 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
1487 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; |
1488 | |
1489 | /* Set local fields. */ |
1490 | ret->indx = -1; |
1491 | ret->dynindx = -1; |
1492 | ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount; |
1493 | ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount; |
1494 | memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry) |
1495 | - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)__builtin_offsetof(struct elf_link_hash_entry, size))); |
1496 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. |
1497 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input |
1498 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol |
1499 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ |
1500 | ret->non_elf = 1; |
1501 | } |
1502 | |
1503 | return entry; |
1504 | } |
1505 | |
1506 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
1507 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
1508 | |
1509 | void |
1510 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
1511 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
1512 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
1513 | { |
1514 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
1515 | |
1516 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
1517 | symbol which just became indirect. */ |
1518 | |
1519 | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
1520 | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
1521 | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
1522 | dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref; |
1523 | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
1524 | dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed; |
1525 | |
1526 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
1527 | return; |
1528 | |
1529 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
1530 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
1531 | htab = elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash)); |
1532 | if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount) |
1533 | { |
1534 | if (dir->got.refcount < 0) |
1535 | dir->got.refcount = 0; |
1536 | dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount; |
1537 | ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount; |
1538 | } |
1539 | |
1540 | if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount) |
1541 | { |
1542 | if (dir->plt.refcount < 0) |
1543 | dir->plt.refcount = 0; |
1544 | dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount; |
1545 | ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount; |
1546 | } |
1547 | |
1548 | if (ind->dynindx != -1) |
1549 | { |
1550 | if (dir->dynindx != -1) |
1551 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index); |
1552 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; |
1553 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; |
1554 | ind->dynindx = -1; |
1555 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; |
1556 | } |
1557 | } |
1558 | |
1559 | void |
1560 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
1561 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
1562 | bfd_boolean force_local) |
1563 | { |
1564 | h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->init_plt_offset; |
1565 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
1566 | if (force_local) |
1567 | { |
1568 | h->forced_local = 1; |
1569 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
1570 | { |
1571 | h->dynindx = -1; |
1572 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->dynstr, |
1573 | h->dynstr_index); |
1574 | } |
1575 | } |
1576 | } |
1577 | |
1578 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1579 | |
1580 | bfd_boolean |
1581 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init |
1582 | (struct elf_link_hash_table *table, |
1583 | bfd *abfd, |
1584 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *, |
1585 | struct bfd_hash_table *, |
1586 | const char *), |
1587 | unsigned int entsize) |
1588 | { |
1589 | bfd_boolean ret; |
1590 | int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->can_refcount; |
1591 | |
1592 | table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE0; |
1593 | table->dynobj = NULL((void*)0); |
1594 | table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1; |
1595 | table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1; |
1596 | table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
1597 | table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
1598 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
1599 | table->dynsymcount = 1; |
1600 | table->dynstr = NULL((void*)0); |
1601 | table->bucketcount = 0; |
1602 | table->needed = NULL((void*)0); |
1603 | table->hgot = NULL((void*)0); |
1604 | table->merge_info = NULL((void*)0); |
1605 | memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info)); |
1606 | memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info)); |
1607 | table->dynlocal = NULL((void*)0); |
1608 | table->runpath = NULL((void*)0); |
1609 | table->tls_sec = NULL((void*)0); |
1610 | table->tls_size = 0; |
1611 | table->loaded = NULL((void*)0); |
1612 | table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE0; |
1613 | |
1614 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize); |
1615 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; |
1616 | |
1617 | return ret; |
1618 | } |
1619 | |
1620 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1621 | |
1622 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
1623 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
1624 | { |
1625 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
1626 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
1627 | |
1628 | ret = bfd_malloc (amt); |
1629 | if (ret == NULL((void*)0)) |
1630 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1631 | |
1632 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc, |
1633 | sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry))) |
1634 | { |
1635 | free (ret); |
1636 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1637 | } |
1638 | |
1639 | return &ret->root; |
1640 | } |
1641 | |
1642 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to |
1643 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED |
1644 | entry for a dynamic object. */ |
1645 | |
1646 | void |
1647 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
1648 | { |
1649 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1650 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1651 | elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name) = name; |
1652 | } |
1653 | |
1654 | int |
1655 | bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd) |
1656 | { |
1657 | int lib_class; |
1658 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1659 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1660 | lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dyn_lib_class); |
1661 | else |
1662 | lib_class = 0; |
1663 | return lib_class; |
1664 | } |
1665 | |
1666 | void |
1667 | bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class) |
1668 | { |
1669 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1670 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1671 | elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dyn_lib_class) = lib_class; |
1672 | } |
1673 | |
1674 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
1675 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
1676 | |
1677 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
1678 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
1679 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1680 | { |
1681 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1682 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1683 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->needed; |
1684 | } |
1685 | |
1686 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
1687 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
1688 | |
1689 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
1690 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
1691 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1692 | { |
1693 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1694 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1695 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->runpath; |
1696 | } |
1697 | |
1698 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
1699 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string |
1700 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ |
1701 | |
1702 | const char * |
1703 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd) |
1704 | { |
1705 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1706 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1707 | return elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name); |
1708 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1709 | } |
1710 | |
1711 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for |
1712 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ |
1713 | |
1714 | bfd_boolean |
1715 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd, |
1716 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded) |
1717 | { |
1718 | asection *s; |
1719 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
1720 | int elfsec; |
1721 | unsigned long shlink; |
1722 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
1723 | size_t extdynsize; |
1724 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
1725 | |
1726 | *pneeded = NULL((void*)0); |
1727 | |
1728 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1729 | || bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_object) |
1730 | return TRUE1; |
1731 | |
1732 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
1733 | if (s == NULL((void*)0) || s->size == 0) |
1734 | return TRUE1; |
1735 | |
1736 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
1737 | goto error_return; |
1738 | |
1739 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
1740 | if (elfsec == -1) |
1741 | goto error_return; |
1742 | |
1743 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
1744 | |
1745 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
1746 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
1747 | |
1748 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
1749 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
1750 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
1751 | { |
1752 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
1753 | |
1754 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
1755 | |
1756 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
1757 | break; |
1758 | |
1759 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED1) |
1760 | { |
1761 | const char *string; |
1762 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; |
1763 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
1764 | bfd_size_type amt; |
1765 | |
1766 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
1767 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
1768 | goto error_return; |
1769 | |
1770 | amt = sizeof *l; |
1771 | l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
1772 | if (l == NULL((void*)0)) |
1773 | goto error_return; |
1774 | |
1775 | l->by = abfd; |
1776 | l->name = string; |
1777 | l->next = *pneeded; |
1778 | *pneeded = l; |
1779 | } |
1780 | } |
1781 | |
1782 | free (dynbuf); |
1783 | |
1784 | return TRUE1; |
1785 | |
1786 | error_return: |
1787 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
1788 | free (dynbuf); |
1789 | return FALSE0; |
1790 | } |
1791 | |
1792 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
1793 | |
1794 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
1795 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
1796 | { |
1797 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
1798 | |
1799 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
1800 | if (ret != NULL((void*)0)) |
1801 | { |
1802 | bfd_size_type loc; |
1803 | |
1804 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE1, FALSE0); |
1805 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)do { if (!(loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)) bfd_assert ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c",1805); } while (0); |
1806 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
1807 | { |
1808 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
1809 | ret = NULL((void*)0); |
1810 | } |
1811 | } |
1812 | return ret; |
1813 | } |
1814 | |
1815 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
1816 | |
1817 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
1818 | |
1819 | bfd_boolean |
1820 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
1821 | { |
1822 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
1823 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
1824 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
1825 | const char *name; |
1826 | |
1827 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
1828 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx, |
1829 | hdr->sh_name); |
1830 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
1831 | return FALSE0; |
1832 | |
1833 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
1834 | { |
1835 | case SHT_NULL0: |
1836 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
1837 | return TRUE1; |
1838 | |
1839 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
1840 | case SHT_NOBITS8: /* .bss section. */ |
1841 | case SHT_HASH5: /* .hash section. */ |
1842 | case SHT_NOTE7: /* .note section. */ |
1843 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: /* .init_array section. */ |
1844 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: /* .fini_array section. */ |
1845 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
1846 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST0x6ffffff7: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ |
1847 | case SHT_GNU_HASH0x6ffffff6: /* .gnu.hash section. */ |
1848 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
1849 | |
1850 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
1851 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
1852 | return FALSE0; |
1853 | if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) |
1854 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL((void*)0)) |
1855 | return FALSE0; |
1856 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB3) |
1857 | { |
1858 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
1859 | |
1860 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
1861 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
1862 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
1863 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) != 0) |
1864 | { |
1865 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)]; |
1866 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
1867 | } |
1868 | else |
1869 | { |
1870 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
1871 | |
1872 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
1873 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
1874 | { |
1875 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
1876 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
1877 | { |
1878 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
1879 | break; |
1880 | } |
1881 | } |
1882 | } |
1883 | } |
1884 | break; |
1885 | |
1886 | case SHT_SYMTAB2: /* A symbol table */ |
1887 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == shindex) |
1888 | return TRUE1; |
1889 | |
1890 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
1891 | return FALSE0; |
1892 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0)do { if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1892); } while (0); |
1893 | elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) = shindex; |
1894 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1895 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
1896 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
1897 | |
1898 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
1899 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
1900 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
1901 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
1902 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
1903 | linker. */ |
1904 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0 |
1905 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0 |
1906 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
1907 | shindex)) |
1908 | return FALSE0; |
1909 | |
1910 | /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we |
1911 | can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It |
1912 | is most likely specified by the next section header. */ |
1913 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section )]->sh_link != shindex) |
1914 | { |
1915 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
1916 | |
1917 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
1918 | for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
1919 | { |
1920 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
1921 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18 |
1922 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
1923 | break; |
1924 | } |
1925 | if (i == num_sec) |
1926 | for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) |
1927 | { |
1928 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
1929 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18 |
1930 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
1931 | break; |
1932 | } |
1933 | if (i != shindex) |
1934 | return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); |
1935 | } |
1936 | return TRUE1; |
1937 | |
1938 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
1939 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == shindex) |
1940 | return TRUE1; |
1941 | |
1942 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
1943 | return FALSE0; |
1944 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)do { if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1944); } while (0); |
1945 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) = shindex; |
1946 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1947 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
1948 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
1949 | |
1950 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
1951 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
1952 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
1953 | |
1954 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
1955 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) == shindex) |
1956 | return TRUE1; |
1957 | |
1958 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0)do { if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,1958); } while (0); |
1959 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) = shindex; |
1960 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
1961 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
1962 | return TRUE1; |
1963 | |
1964 | case SHT_STRTAB3: /* A string table */ |
1965 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
1966 | return TRUE1; |
1967 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
1968 | { |
1969 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1970 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
1971 | return TRUE1; |
1972 | } |
1973 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)]->sh_link == shindex) |
1974 | { |
1975 | symtab_strtab: |
1976 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1977 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
1978 | return TRUE1; |
1979 | } |
1980 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)]->sh_link == shindex) |
1981 | { |
1982 | dynsymtab_strtab: |
1983 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1984 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
1985 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr; |
1986 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy |
1987 | can handle it. */ |
1988 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
1989 | shindex); |
1990 | } |
1991 | |
1992 | /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a |
1993 | regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, |
1994 | just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ |
1995 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
1996 | { |
1997 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
1998 | |
1999 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
2000 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
2001 | { |
2002 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
2003 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
2004 | { |
2005 | /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ |
2006 | if (i == shindex) |
2007 | return FALSE0; |
2008 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
2009 | return FALSE0; |
2010 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == i) |
2011 | goto symtab_strtab; |
2012 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == i) |
2013 | goto dynsymtab_strtab; |
2014 | } |
2015 | } |
2016 | } |
2017 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2018 | |
2019 | case SHT_REL9: |
2020 | case SHT_RELA4: |
2021 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
2022 | { |
2023 | asection *target_sect; |
2024 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
2025 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
2026 | |
2027 | if (hdr->sh_entsize |
2028 | != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
2029 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
2030 | return FALSE0; |
2031 | |
2032 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
2033 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
2034 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
2035 | { |
2036 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
2037 | (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)")("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
2038 | abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
2039 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
2040 | shindex); |
2041 | } |
2042 | |
2043 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
2044 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
2045 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
2046 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
2047 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
2048 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
2049 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
2050 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB2 |
2051 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM11) |
2052 | { |
2053 | unsigned int scan; |
2054 | int found; |
2055 | |
2056 | found = 0; |
2057 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
2058 | { |
2059 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
2060 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
2061 | { |
2062 | if (found != 0) |
2063 | { |
2064 | found = 0; |
2065 | break; |
2066 | } |
2067 | found = scan; |
2068 | } |
2069 | } |
2070 | if (found != 0) |
2071 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
2072 | } |
2073 | |
2074 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
2075 | if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
2076 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
2077 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
2078 | return FALSE0; |
2079 | |
2080 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
2081 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
2082 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
2083 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
2084 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
2085 | section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */ |
2086 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) |
2087 | || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF0 |
2088 | || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
2089 | || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec |
2090 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
2091 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
2092 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
2093 | shindex); |
2094 | |
2095 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
2096 | return FALSE0; |
2097 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
2098 | if (target_sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
2099 | return FALSE0; |
2100 | |
2101 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0 |
2102 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
2103 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(target_sect)->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr; |
2104 | else |
2105 | { |
2106 | bfd_size_type amt; |
2107 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL)do { if (!(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(target_sect)->used_by_bfd )->rel_hdr2 == ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,2107); } while (0); |
2108 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
2109 | hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
2110 | elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(target_sect)->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
2111 | } |
2112 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
2113 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr2; |
2114 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)((hdr)->sh_size / (hdr)->sh_entsize); |
2115 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC0x004; |
2116 | target_sect->relocation = NULL((void*)0); |
2117 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
2118 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
2119 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
2120 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
2121 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4; |
2122 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC0x01; |
2123 | return TRUE1; |
2124 | } |
2125 | break; |
2126 | |
2127 | case SHT_RELR19: |
2128 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2129 | |
2130 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
2131 | elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) = shindex; |
2132 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
2133 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2134 | break; |
2135 | |
2136 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
2137 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) |
2138 | return FALSE0; |
2139 | elf_dynversym (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynversym_section) = shindex; |
2140 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
2141 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2142 | break; |
2143 | |
2144 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
2145 | elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) = shindex; |
2146 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
2147 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2148 | break; |
2149 | |
2150 | case SHT_SHLIB10: |
2151 | return TRUE1; |
2152 | |
2153 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
2154 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking, |
2155 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section |
2156 | name. */ |
2157 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE4) |
2158 | return FALSE0; |
2159 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr); |
2160 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
2161 | return FALSE0; |
2162 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
2163 | return FALSE0; |
2164 | if (hdr->contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
2165 | { |
2166 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
2167 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; |
2168 | asection *s; |
2169 | |
2170 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT0x1) |
2171 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
2172 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x20000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
2173 | |
2174 | /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ |
2175 | idx += n_elt; |
2176 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
2177 | if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
2178 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2179 | { |
2180 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(hdr->bfd_section)->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = s; |
2181 | break; |
2182 | } |
2183 | } |
2184 | break; |
2185 | |
2186 | case SHT_LLVM_LINKER_OPTIONS0x6fff4c01: |
2187 | case SHT_LLVM_ADDRSIG0x6fff4c03: |
2188 | return TRUE1; |
2189 | |
2190 | default: |
2191 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
2192 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
2193 | shindex); |
2194 | } |
2195 | |
2196 | return TRUE1; |
2197 | } |
2198 | |
2199 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
2200 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
2201 | |
2202 | asection * |
2203 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, |
2204 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache, |
2205 | asection *sec, |
2206 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
2207 | { |
2208 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
2209 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
2210 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
2211 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
2212 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE32; |
2213 | |
2214 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) |
2215 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
2216 | |
2217 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
2218 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
2219 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
2220 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2221 | |
2222 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
2223 | { |
2224 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
2225 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
2226 | } |
2227 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
2228 | cache->sec[ent] = sec; |
2229 | if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF0 && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2230 | || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
2231 | { |
2232 | asection *s; |
2233 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx); |
2234 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2235 | cache->sec[ent] = s; |
2236 | } |
2237 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
2238 | } |
2239 | |
2240 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
2241 | section. */ |
2242 | |
2243 | asection * |
2244 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) |
2245 | { |
2246 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections)) |
2247 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2248 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[index]->bfd_section; |
2249 | } |
2250 | |
2251 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = |
2252 | { |
2253 | { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2254 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2255 | }; |
2256 | |
2257 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = |
2258 | { |
2259 | { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2260 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2261 | }; |
2262 | |
2263 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = |
2264 | { |
2265 | { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2266 | { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2267 | { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2268 | { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2269 | { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2270 | { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2271 | { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2272 | { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC6, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2273 | { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2274 | { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM11, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2275 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2276 | }; |
2277 | |
2278 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = |
2279 | { |
2280 | { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2281 | { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY15, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2282 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2283 | }; |
2284 | |
2285 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = |
2286 | { |
2287 | { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2288 | { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2289 | { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff, 0 }, |
2290 | { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd, 0 }, |
2291 | { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe, 0 }, |
2292 | { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST0x6ffffff7, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2293 | { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA4, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2294 | { ".gnu.hash", 9, 0, SHT_GNU_HASH0x6ffffff6, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2295 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2296 | }; |
2297 | |
2298 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = |
2299 | { |
2300 | { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH5, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2301 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2302 | }; |
2303 | |
2304 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = |
2305 | { |
2306 | { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2307 | { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY14, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2308 | { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2309 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2310 | }; |
2311 | |
2312 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = |
2313 | { |
2314 | { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2315 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2316 | }; |
2317 | |
2318 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = |
2319 | { |
2320 | { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2321 | { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE7, 0 }, |
2322 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2323 | }; |
2324 | |
2325 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = |
2326 | { |
2327 | { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2328 | { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2329 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2330 | }; |
2331 | |
2332 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = |
2333 | { |
2334 | { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2335 | { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2336 | { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA4, 0 }, |
2337 | { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL9, 0 }, |
2338 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2339 | }; |
2340 | |
2341 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = |
2342 | { |
2343 | { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2344 | { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2345 | { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB2, 0 }, |
2346 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2347 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2348 | }; |
2349 | |
2350 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = |
2351 | { |
2352 | { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2353 | { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
2354 | { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
2355 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2356 | }; |
2357 | |
2358 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] = |
2359 | { |
2360 | special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ |
2361 | special_sections_c, /* 'b' */ |
2362 | special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ |
2363 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'e' */ |
2364 | special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ |
2365 | special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ |
2366 | special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ |
2367 | special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ |
2368 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'j' */ |
2369 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'k' */ |
2370 | special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ |
2371 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'm' */ |
2372 | special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ |
2373 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'o' */ |
2374 | special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ |
2375 | NULL((void*)0), /* 'q' */ |
2376 | special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ |
2377 | special_sections_s, /* 's' */ |
2378 | special_sections_t, /* 't' */ |
2379 | }; |
2380 | |
2381 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
2382 | _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, |
2383 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, |
2384 | unsigned int rela) |
2385 | { |
2386 | int i; |
2387 | int len; |
2388 | |
2389 | len = strlen (name); |
2390 | |
2391 | for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL((void*)0); i++) |
2392 | { |
2393 | int suffix_len; |
2394 | int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; |
2395 | |
2396 | if (len < prefix_len) |
2397 | continue; |
2398 | if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
2399 | continue; |
2400 | |
2401 | suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; |
2402 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
2403 | { |
2404 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
2405 | { |
2406 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
2407 | continue; |
2408 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
2409 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
2410 | || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL9))) |
2411 | continue; |
2412 | } |
2413 | } |
2414 | else |
2415 | { |
2416 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
2417 | continue; |
2418 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
2419 | spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
2420 | suffix_len) != 0) |
2421 | continue; |
2422 | } |
2423 | return &spec[i]; |
2424 | } |
2425 | |
2426 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2427 | } |
2428 | |
2429 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
2430 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
2431 | { |
2432 | int i; |
2433 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; |
2434 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
2435 | |
2436 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
2437 | if (sec->name == NULL((void*)0)) |
2438 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2439 | |
2440 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2441 | spec = bed->special_sections; |
2442 | if (spec) |
2443 | { |
2444 | spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, |
2445 | bed->special_sections, |
2446 | sec->use_rela_p); |
2447 | if (spec != NULL((void*)0)) |
2448 | return spec; |
2449 | } |
2450 | |
2451 | if (sec->name[0] != '.') |
2452 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2453 | |
2454 | i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; |
2455 | if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b') |
2456 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2457 | |
2458 | spec = special_sections[i]; |
2459 | |
2460 | if (spec == NULL((void*)0)) |
2461 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2462 | |
2463 | return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | bfd_boolean |
2467 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
2468 | { |
2469 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
2470 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
2471 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
2472 | |
2473 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
2474 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
2475 | { |
2476 | sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
2477 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
2478 | return FALSE0; |
2479 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
2480 | } |
2481 | |
2482 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
2483 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2484 | sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
2485 | |
2486 | /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless |
2487 | it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in |
2488 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */ |
2489 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction |
2490 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED0x200000) != 0) |
2491 | { |
2492 | ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); |
2493 | if (ssect != NULL((void*)0)) |
2494 | { |
2495 | elf_section_type (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = ssect->type; |
2496 | elf_section_flags (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) = ssect->attr; |
2497 | } |
2498 | } |
2499 | |
2500 | return TRUE1; |
2501 | } |
2502 | |
2503 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
2504 | |
2505 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
2506 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
2507 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
2508 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
2509 | |
2510 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
2511 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
2512 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
2513 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
2514 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
2515 | of combined data+bss. |
2516 | |
2517 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
2518 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
2519 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
2520 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
2521 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
2522 | |
2523 | */ |
2524 | |
2525 | bfd_boolean |
2526 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
2527 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
2528 | int index, |
2529 | const char *typename) |
2530 | { |
2531 | asection *newsect; |
2532 | char *name; |
2533 | char namebuf[64]; |
2534 | size_t len; |
2535 | int split; |
2536 | |
2537 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
2538 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
2539 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
2540 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
2541 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
2542 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
2543 | if (!name) |
2544 | return FALSE0; |
2545 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
2546 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
2547 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
2548 | return FALSE0; |
2549 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
2550 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
2551 | newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; |
2552 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
2553 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
2554 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
2555 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
2556 | { |
2557 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
2558 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
2559 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
2560 | { |
2561 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
2562 | may be data. */ |
2563 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x010; |
2564 | } |
2565 | } |
2566 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
2567 | { |
2568 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x008; |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | if (split) |
2572 | { |
2573 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
2574 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
2575 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
2576 | if (!name) |
2577 | return FALSE0; |
2578 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
2579 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
2580 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
2581 | return FALSE0; |
2582 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
2583 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
2584 | newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
2585 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
2586 | { |
2587 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
2588 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
2589 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x010; |
2590 | } |
2591 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
2592 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x008; |
2593 | } |
2594 | |
2595 | return TRUE1; |
2596 | } |
2597 | |
2598 | bfd_boolean |
2599 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) |
2600 | { |
2601 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
2602 | |
2603 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
2604 | { |
2605 | case PT_NULL0: |
2606 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
2607 | |
2608 | case PT_LOAD1: |
2609 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
2610 | |
2611 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: |
2612 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
2613 | |
2614 | case PT_INTERP3: |
2615 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
2616 | |
2617 | case PT_NOTE4: |
2618 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
2619 | return FALSE0; |
2620 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
2621 | return FALSE0; |
2622 | return TRUE1; |
2623 | |
2624 | case PT_SHLIB5: |
2625 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
2626 | |
2627 | case PT_PHDR6: |
2628 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
2629 | |
2630 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): |
2631 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
2632 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
2633 | |
2634 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): |
2635 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); |
2636 | |
2637 | case PT_GNU_RELRO(0x60000000 + 0x474e552): |
2638 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro"); |
2639 | |
2640 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: |
2641 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
2642 | "openbsd_randomize"); |
2643 | |
2644 | case PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED0x65a3dbe7: |
2645 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
2646 | "openbsd_wxneeded"); |
2647 | |
2648 | default: |
2649 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ |
2650 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2651 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc"); |
2652 | } |
2653 | } |
2654 | |
2655 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
2656 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA |
2657 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
2658 | |
2659 | bfd_boolean |
2660 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
2661 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
2662 | asection *asect, |
2663 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
2664 | { |
2665 | char *name; |
2666 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2667 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
2668 | |
2669 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
2670 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
2671 | return FALSE0; |
2672 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
2673 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
2674 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), name, |
2675 | FALSE0); |
2676 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
2677 | return FALSE0; |
2678 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA4 : SHT_REL9; |
2679 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
2680 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
2681 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
2682 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
2683 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
2684 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
2685 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
2686 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
2687 | |
2688 | return TRUE1; |
2689 | } |
2690 | |
2691 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
2692 | |
2693 | static void |
2694 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) |
2695 | { |
2696 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2697 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
2698 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
2699 | |
2700 | if (*failedptr) |
2701 | { |
2702 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
2703 | loop. */ |
2704 | return; |
2705 | } |
2706 | |
2707 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
2708 | |
2709 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
2710 | asect->name, FALSE0); |
2711 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
2712 | { |
2713 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2714 | return; |
2715 | } |
2716 | |
2717 | /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ |
2718 | |
2719 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
2720 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
2721 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
2722 | else |
2723 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
2724 | |
2725 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
2726 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; |
2727 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
2728 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
2729 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
2730 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
2731 | |
2732 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
2733 | this_hdr->contents = NULL((void*)0); |
2734 | |
2735 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
2736 | asect->flags. */ |
2737 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL0) |
2738 | { |
2739 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP0x4000000) != 0) |
2740 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP17; |
2741 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
2742 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100)) == 0) |
2743 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD0x200) != 0)) |
2744 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
2745 | else |
2746 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS1; |
2747 | } |
2748 | |
2749 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
2750 | { |
2751 | default: |
2752 | break; |
2753 | |
2754 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
2755 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: |
2756 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: |
2757 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: |
2758 | case SHT_NOTE7: |
2759 | case SHT_NOBITS8: |
2760 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: |
2761 | break; |
2762 | |
2763 | case SHT_HASH5: |
2764 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
2765 | break; |
2766 | |
2767 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
2768 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
2769 | break; |
2770 | |
2771 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
2772 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
2773 | break; |
2774 | |
2775 | case SHT_RELA4: |
2776 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rela_p) |
2777 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
2778 | break; |
2779 | |
2780 | case SHT_REL9: |
2781 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rel_p) |
2782 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
2783 | break; |
2784 | |
2785 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
2786 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
2787 | break; |
2788 | |
2789 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
2790 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
2791 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
2792 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
2793 | zero. */ |
2794 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
2795 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs; |
2796 | else |
2797 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0do { if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) ->cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,2798); } while (0) |
2798 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)do { if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) ->cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,2798); } while (0); |
2799 | break; |
2800 | |
2801 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
2802 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
2803 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
2804 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
2805 | zero. */ |
2806 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
2807 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs; |
2808 | else |
2809 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0do { if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) ->cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,2810); } while (0) |
2810 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs)do { if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) ->cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,2810); } while (0); |
2811 | break; |
2812 | |
2813 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
2814 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; |
2815 | break; |
2816 | |
2817 | case SHT_GNU_HASH0x6ffffff6: |
2818 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; |
2819 | break; |
2820 | } |
2821 | |
2822 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
2823 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1); |
2824 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY0x008) == 0) |
2825 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE(1 << 0); |
2826 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE0x010) != 0) |
2827 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2); |
2828 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE0x1000000) != 0) |
2829 | { |
2830 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE(1 << 4); |
2831 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
2832 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS0x2000000) != 0) |
2833 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5); |
2834 | } |
2835 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP0x4000000) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2836 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP(1 << 9); |
2837 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) != 0) |
2838 | { |
2839 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS(1 << 10); |
2840 | if (asect->size == 0 |
2841 | && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100) == 0) |
2842 | { |
2843 | struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; |
2844 | |
2845 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
2846 | if (o != NULL((void*)0)) |
2847 | { |
2848 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
2849 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
2850 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
2851 | } |
2852 | } |
2853 | } |
2854 | |
2855 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
2856 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
2857 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
2858 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2859 | |
2860 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
2861 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
2862 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
2863 | create the other. */ |
2864 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) != 0 |
2865 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
2866 | &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr, |
2867 | asect, |
2868 | asect->use_rela_p)) |
2869 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2870 | } |
2871 | |
2872 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
2873 | |
2874 | void |
2875 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
2876 | { |
2877 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
2878 | unsigned long symindx; |
2879 | asection *elt, *first; |
2880 | unsigned char *loc; |
2881 | bfd_boolean gas; |
2882 | |
2883 | /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in |
2884 | elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
2885 | if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP0x4000000 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED0x200000)) != SEC_GROUP0x4000000) |
2886 | || *failedptr) |
2887 | return; |
2888 | |
2889 | symindx = 0; |
2890 | if (elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->group .id) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2891 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->group .id)->udata.i; |
2892 | |
2893 | if (symindx == 0) |
2894 | { |
2895 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
2896 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */ |
2897 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2898 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
2899 | else |
2900 | symindx = sec->target_index; |
2901 | } |
2902 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
2903 | |
2904 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
2905 | gas = TRUE1; |
2906 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
2907 | { |
2908 | gas = FALSE0; |
2909 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); |
2910 | |
2911 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
2912 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
2913 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
2914 | { |
2915 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2916 | return; |
2917 | } |
2918 | } |
2919 | |
2920 | loc = sec->contents + sec->size; |
2921 | |
2922 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
2923 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
2924 | start of the input section group. */ |
2925 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
2926 | |
2927 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
2928 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
2929 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
2930 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
2931 | while (elt != NULL((void*)0)) |
2932 | { |
2933 | asection *s; |
2934 | unsigned int idx; |
2935 | |
2936 | loc -= 4; |
2937 | s = elt; |
2938 | if (!gas) |
2939 | s = s->output_section; |
2940 | idx = 0; |
2941 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2942 | idx = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2943 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (idx, loc)); |
2944 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(elt)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
2945 | if (elt == first) |
2946 | break; |
2947 | } |
2948 | |
2949 | if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) |
2950 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 2950 , __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); |
2951 | |
2952 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (sec->flags & 0x20000 ? 0x1 : 0, loc)); |
2953 | } |
2954 | |
2955 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
2956 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
2957 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
2958 | |
2959 | static bfd_boolean |
2960 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
2961 | { |
2962 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
2963 | asection *sec; |
2964 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
2965 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
2966 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
2967 | |
2968 | section_number = 1; |
2969 | |
2970 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
2971 | |
2972 | /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ |
2973 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) || link_info->relocatable) |
2974 | { |
2975 | /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ |
2976 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL((void*)0); sec = sec->next) |
2977 | { |
2978 | d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd); |
2979 | |
2980 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP17) |
2981 | { |
2982 | if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED0x200000) |
2983 | { |
2984 | /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
2985 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec)do { asection *_s = sec; asection *_next = _s->next; asection *_prev = _s->prev; if (_prev) _prev->next = _next; else (abfd)->sections = _next; if (_next) _next->prev = _prev ; else (abfd)->section_last = _prev; } while (0); |
2986 | abfd->section_count--; |
2987 | } |
2988 | else |
2989 | { |
2990 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2991 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2992 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
2993 | } |
2994 | } |
2995 | } |
2996 | } |
2997 | |
2998 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
2999 | { |
3000 | d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd); |
3001 | |
3002 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP17) |
3003 | { |
3004 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3005 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3006 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
3007 | } |
3008 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
3009 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0) |
3010 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
3011 | else |
3012 | { |
3013 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3014 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3015 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
3016 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
3017 | } |
3018 | |
3019 | if (d->rel_hdr2) |
3020 | { |
3021 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3022 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3023 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
3024 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
3025 | } |
3026 | else |
3027 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
3028 | } |
3029 | |
3030 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3031 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3032 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
3033 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
3034 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
3035 | |
3036 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3037 | { |
3038 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3039 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3040 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
3041 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
3042 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 2) |
3043 | { |
3044 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3045 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3046 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; |
3047 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
3048 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
3049 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE0); |
3050 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
3051 | return FALSE0; |
3052 | } |
3053 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3054 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3055 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
3056 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
3057 | } |
3058 | |
3059 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
3060 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
3061 | |
3062 | elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) = section_number; |
3063 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum = section_number; |
3064 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3065 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
3066 | |
3067 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
3068 | indices. */ |
3069 | i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
3070 | if (i_shdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
3071 | return FALSE0; |
3072 | |
3073 | i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
3074 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL((void*)0)) |
3075 | { |
3076 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
3077 | return FALSE0; |
3078 | } |
3079 | |
3080 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) = i_shdrp; |
3081 | |
3082 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
3083 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3084 | { |
3085 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
3086 | if (elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
3087 | { |
3088 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
3089 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
3090 | } |
3091 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
3092 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
3093 | } |
3094 | |
3095 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
3096 | { |
3097 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd); |
3098 | asection *s; |
3099 | const char *name; |
3100 | |
3101 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
3102 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
3103 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
3104 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
3105 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
3106 | |
3107 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
3108 | |
3109 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
3110 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
3111 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
3112 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
3113 | { |
3114 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
3115 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
3116 | } |
3117 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
3118 | { |
3119 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
3120 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
3121 | } |
3122 | |
3123 | /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
3124 | if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER(1 << 7)) != 0) |
3125 | { |
3126 | s = elf_linked_to_section (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->linked_to ); |
3127 | if (s) |
3128 | { |
3129 | /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ |
3130 | if (link_info != NULL((void*)0)) |
3131 | { |
3132 | /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ |
3133 | if (elf_discarded_section (s)(!((s) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)) && ((( s)->output_section) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section) ) && (s)->sec_info_type != 2 && (s)->sec_info_type != 4)) |
3134 | { |
3135 | asection *kept; |
3136 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
3137 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'")("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'" ), |
3138 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, |
3139 | s, s->owner); |
3140 | /* Point to the kept section if it has the same |
3141 | size as the discarded one. */ |
3142 | kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); |
3143 | if (kept == NULL((void*)0)) |
3144 | { |
3145 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
3146 | return FALSE0; |
3147 | } |
3148 | s = kept; |
3149 | } |
3150 | |
3151 | s = s->output_section; |
3152 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL)do { if (!(s != ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,3152); } while (0); |
3153 | } |
3154 | else |
3155 | { |
3156 | /* Handle objcopy. */ |
3157 | if (s->output_section == NULL((void*)0)) |
3158 | { |
3159 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
3160 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'")("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'" ), |
3161 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); |
3162 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
3163 | return FALSE0; |
3164 | } |
3165 | s = s->output_section; |
3166 | } |
3167 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3168 | } |
3169 | else |
3170 | { |
3171 | /* PR 290: |
3172 | The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with |
3173 | SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or |
3174 | sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation |
3175 | where s is NULL. */ |
3176 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
3177 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
3178 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
3179 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
3180 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'")("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
3181 | abfd, sec); |
3182 | } |
3183 | } |
3184 | |
3185 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
3186 | { |
3187 | case SHT_REL9: |
3188 | case SHT_RELA4: |
3189 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
3190 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
3191 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
3192 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
3193 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
3194 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
3195 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
3196 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3197 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3198 | |
3199 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
3200 | name = sec->name; |
3201 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9) |
3202 | name += 4; |
3203 | else |
3204 | name += 5; |
3205 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
3206 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3207 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3208 | break; |
3209 | |
3210 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
3211 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
3212 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
3213 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
3214 | field to point to this section. */ |
3215 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 |
3216 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
3217 | { |
3218 | size_t len; |
3219 | char *alc; |
3220 | |
3221 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
3222 | alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
3223 | if (alc == NULL((void*)0)) |
3224 | return FALSE0; |
3225 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
3226 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
3227 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
3228 | free (alc); |
3229 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3230 | { |
3231 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
3232 | |
3233 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
3234 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
3235 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
3236 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
3237 | } |
3238 | } |
3239 | break; |
3240 | |
3241 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
3242 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
3243 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
3244 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
3245 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
3246 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
3247 | version strings. */ |
3248 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
3249 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3250 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3251 | break; |
3252 | |
3253 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST0x6ffffff7: |
3254 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library |
3255 | list |
3256 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
3257 | version strings. */ |
3258 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) |
3259 | ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); |
3260 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3261 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3262 | break; |
3263 | |
3264 | case SHT_HASH5: |
3265 | case SHT_GNU_HASH0x6ffffff6: |
3266 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
3267 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
3268 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
3269 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
3270 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
3271 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
3272 | break; |
3273 | |
3274 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
3275 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
3276 | } |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
3280 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL((void*)0)) |
3281 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
3282 | else |
3283 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
3284 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
3285 | return TRUE1; |
3286 | } |
3287 | |
3288 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
3289 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
3290 | |
3291 | static int |
3292 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
3293 | { |
3294 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
3295 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
3296 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
3297 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
3298 | |
3299 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL0x02 | BSF_WEAK0x80)) != 0 |
3300 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))((((sym)->section)) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section) ) |
3301 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))(((((sym)->section))->flags & 0x1000) != 0)); |
3302 | } |
3303 | |
3304 | static bfd_boolean |
3305 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) |
3306 | { |
3307 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
3308 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
3309 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
3310 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
3311 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
3312 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
3313 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
3314 | int max_index = 0; |
3315 | unsigned int idx; |
3316 | asection *asect; |
3317 | asymbol **new_syms; |
3318 | |
3319 | #ifdef DEBUG |
3320 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
3321 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
3322 | #endif |
3323 | |
3324 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
3325 | { |
3326 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
3327 | max_index = asect->index; |
3328 | } |
3329 | |
3330 | max_index++; |
3331 | sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
3332 | if (sect_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
3333 | return FALSE0; |
3334 | elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) = sect_syms; |
3335 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) = max_index; |
3336 | |
3337 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
3338 | decided to output. */ |
3339 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
3340 | { |
3341 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
3342 | |
3343 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) != 0 |
3344 | && sym->value == 0) |
3345 | { |
3346 | asection *sec; |
3347 | |
3348 | sec = sym->section; |
3349 | |
3350 | if (sec->owner != NULL((void*)0)) |
3351 | { |
3352 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
3353 | { |
3354 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) |
3355 | continue; |
3356 | |
3357 | sec = sec->output_section; |
3358 | |
3359 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a |
3360 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment |
3361 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in |
3362 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such |
3363 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know |
3364 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip |
3365 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. |
3366 | To reproduce this particular case try running the |
3367 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF |
3368 | port that uses the generic linker. */ |
3369 | if (sec->owner == NULL((void*)0)) |
3370 | continue; |
3371 | |
3372 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd)do { if (!(sec->owner == abfd)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,3372); } while (0); |
3373 | } |
3374 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
3375 | } |
3376 | } |
3377 | } |
3378 | |
3379 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
3380 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
3381 | { |
3382 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
3383 | num_locals++; |
3384 | else |
3385 | num_globals++; |
3386 | } |
3387 | |
3388 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal |
3389 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
3390 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
3391 | at least in that case. */ |
3392 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
3393 | { |
3394 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
3395 | { |
3396 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
3397 | num_locals++; |
3398 | else |
3399 | num_globals++; |
3400 | } |
3401 | } |
3402 | |
3403 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
3404 | new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
3405 | |
3406 | if (new_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
3407 | return FALSE0; |
3408 | |
3409 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
3410 | { |
3411 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
3412 | unsigned int i; |
3413 | |
3414 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
3415 | i = num_locals2++; |
3416 | else |
3417 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
3418 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
3419 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
3420 | } |
3421 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
3422 | { |
3423 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
3424 | { |
3425 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
3426 | unsigned int i; |
3427 | |
3428 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
3429 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
3430 | i = num_locals2++; |
3431 | else |
3432 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
3433 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
3434 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
3435 | } |
3436 | } |
3437 | |
3438 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
3439 | |
3440 | elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) = num_locals; |
3441 | elf_num_globals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_globals) = num_globals; |
3442 | return TRUE1; |
3443 | } |
3444 | |
3445 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
3446 | ELF data structure. */ |
3447 | |
3448 | static inline file_ptr |
3449 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
3450 | { |
3451 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
3452 | } |
3453 | |
3454 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
3455 | required section alignment. */ |
3456 | |
3457 | file_ptr |
3458 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
3459 | file_ptr offset, |
3460 | bfd_boolean align) |
3461 | { |
3462 | if (align) |
3463 | { |
3464 | unsigned int al; |
3465 | |
3466 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
3467 | if (al > 1) |
3468 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al)((((bfd_vma) (offset) + (al) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (offset)) ? (((bfd_vma) (offset) + ((al) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((al)-1 )) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
3469 | } |
3470 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
3471 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
3472 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
3473 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
3474 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
3475 | return offset; |
3476 | } |
3477 | |
3478 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
3479 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
3480 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
3481 | |
3482 | bfd_boolean |
3483 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
3484 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
3485 | { |
3486 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
3487 | bfd_boolean failed; |
3488 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL((void*)0); |
3489 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
3490 | |
3491 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
3492 | return TRUE1; |
3493 | |
3494 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
3495 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
3496 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
3497 | |
3498 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
3499 | return FALSE0; |
3500 | |
3501 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
3502 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
3503 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
3504 | |
3505 | failed = FALSE0; |
3506 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
3507 | if (failed) |
3508 | return FALSE0; |
3509 | |
3510 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) |
3511 | return FALSE0; |
3512 | |
3513 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
3514 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3515 | { |
3516 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
3517 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)); |
3518 | |
3519 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
3520 | return FALSE0; |
3521 | } |
3522 | |
3523 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0)) |
3524 | { |
3525 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
3526 | if (failed) |
3527 | return FALSE0; |
3528 | } |
3529 | |
3530 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
3531 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
3532 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
3533 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
3534 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
3535 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
3536 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
3537 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
3538 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
3539 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
3540 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
3541 | |
3542 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
3543 | return FALSE0; |
3544 | |
3545 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3546 | { |
3547 | file_ptr off; |
3548 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
3549 | |
3550 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
3551 | |
3552 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
3553 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3554 | |
3555 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
3556 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
3557 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3558 | |
3559 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
3560 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3561 | |
3562 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
3563 | |
3564 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
3565 | out. */ |
3566 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
3567 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
3568 | return FALSE0; |
3569 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
3570 | } |
3571 | |
3572 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE1; |
3573 | |
3574 | return TRUE1; |
3575 | } |
3576 | |
3577 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
3578 | |
3579 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
3580 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
3581 | asection **sections, |
3582 | unsigned int from, |
3583 | unsigned int to, |
3584 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
3585 | { |
3586 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3587 | unsigned int i; |
3588 | asection **hdrpp; |
3589 | bfd_size_type amt; |
3590 | |
3591 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3592 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
3593 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3594 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3595 | return NULL((void*)0); |
3596 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3597 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD1; |
3598 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
3599 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
3600 | m->count = to - from; |
3601 | |
3602 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
3603 | { |
3604 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
3605 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
3606 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
3607 | } |
3608 | |
3609 | return m; |
3610 | } |
3611 | |
3612 | /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL |
3613 | on failure. */ |
3614 | |
3615 | struct elf_segment_map * |
3616 | _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) |
3617 | { |
3618 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3619 | |
3620 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); |
3621 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3622 | return NULL((void*)0); |
3623 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3624 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC2; |
3625 | m->count = 1; |
3626 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
3627 | |
3628 | return m; |
3629 | } |
3630 | |
3631 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
3632 | |
3633 | static bfd_boolean |
3634 | map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd) |
3635 | { |
3636 | asection **sections = NULL((void*)0); |
3637 | asection *s; |
3638 | unsigned int i; |
3639 | unsigned int count; |
3640 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
3641 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
3642 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3643 | asection *last_hdr; |
3644 | bfd_vma last_size; |
3645 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
3646 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
3647 | asection **hdrpp; |
3648 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE1; |
3649 | bfd_boolean writable; |
3650 | int tls_count = 0; |
3651 | asection *first_tls = NULL((void*)0); |
3652 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr, *randomdata; |
3653 | bfd_size_type amt; |
3654 | |
3655 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
3656 | return TRUE1; |
3657 | |
3658 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count) == 0) |
3659 | return TRUE1; |
3660 | |
3661 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
3662 | |
3663 | sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count), sizeof (asection *)); |
3664 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
3665 | goto error_return; |
3666 | |
3667 | i = 0; |
3668 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
3669 | { |
3670 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
3671 | { |
3672 | sections[i] = s; |
3673 | ++i; |
3674 | } |
3675 | } |
3676 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd))do { if (!(i <= ((abfd)->section_count))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,3676); } while (0); |
3677 | count = i; |
3678 | |
3679 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
3680 | |
3681 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
3682 | |
3683 | mfirst = NULL((void*)0); |
3684 | pm = &mfirst; |
3685 | |
3686 | /* If we have a .interp section, or are creating an executable and |
3687 | have a .dynamic section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for the |
3688 | program headers. */ |
3689 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
3690 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
3691 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
3692 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
3693 | { |
3694 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3695 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3696 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3697 | goto error_return; |
3698 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3699 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR6; |
3700 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
3701 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_X(1 << 0); |
3702 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3703 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
3704 | |
3705 | *pm = m; |
3706 | pm = &m->next; |
3707 | } |
3708 | |
3709 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_INTERP segment for |
3710 | the .interp section. */ |
3711 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3712 | { |
3713 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3714 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3715 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3716 | goto error_return; |
3717 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3718 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP3; |
3719 | m->count = 1; |
3720 | m->sections[0] = s; |
3721 | |
3722 | *pm = m; |
3723 | pm = &m->next; |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
3727 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
3728 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
3729 | last_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
3730 | last_size = 0; |
3731 | phdr_index = 0; |
3732 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
3733 | writable = FALSE0; |
3734 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
3735 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0) |
3736 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
3737 | dynsec = NULL((void*)0); |
3738 | |
3739 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
3740 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
3741 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
3742 | program headers we will need. */ |
3743 | if (count > 0) |
3744 | { |
3745 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
3746 | |
3747 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
3748 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
3749 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3750 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0 |
3751 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
3752 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
3753 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
3754 | } |
3755 | |
3756 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
3757 | { |
3758 | asection *hdr; |
3759 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
3760 | |
3761 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
3762 | |
3763 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
3764 | segment. */ |
3765 | |
3766 | if (last_hdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
3767 | { |
3768 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
3769 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
3770 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3771 | } |
3772 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
3773 | { |
3774 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
3775 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
3776 | segment. */ |
3777 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3778 | } |
3779 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size)) ? (((bfd_vma ) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
3780 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma ) (hdr->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
3781 | { |
3782 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
3783 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
3784 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3785 | } |
3786 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400)) == 0 |
3787 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400)) != 0) |
3788 | { |
3789 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
3790 | nonloadable section in the same segment. |
3791 | Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
3792 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3793 | } |
3794 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0) |
3795 | { |
3796 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
3797 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
3798 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
3799 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3800 | } |
3801 | else if (! writable |
3802 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x008) == 0 |
3803 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) |
3804 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) |
3805 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) |
3806 | { |
3807 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
3808 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
3809 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
3810 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
3811 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
3812 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
3813 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
3814 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3815 | } |
3816 | else |
3817 | { |
3818 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
3819 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3820 | } |
3821 | |
3822 | if (! new_segment) |
3823 | { |
3824 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x008) == 0) |
3825 | writable = TRUE1; |
3826 | last_hdr = hdr; |
3827 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
3828 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) |
3829 | last_size = hdr->size; |
3830 | else |
3831 | last_size = 0; |
3832 | continue; |
3833 | } |
3834 | |
3835 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
3836 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
3837 | |
3838 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
3839 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3840 | goto error_return; |
3841 | |
3842 | *pm = m; |
3843 | pm = &m->next; |
3844 | |
3845 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x008) == 0) |
3846 | writable = TRUE1; |
3847 | else |
3848 | writable = FALSE0; |
3849 | |
3850 | last_hdr = hdr; |
3851 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
3852 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) |
3853 | last_size = hdr->size; |
3854 | else |
3855 | last_size = 0; |
3856 | phdr_index = i; |
3857 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
3858 | } |
3859 | |
3860 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
3861 | if (last_hdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
3862 | { |
3863 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
3864 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3865 | goto error_return; |
3866 | |
3867 | *pm = m; |
3868 | pm = &m->next; |
3869 | } |
3870 | |
3871 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
3872 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0)) |
3873 | { |
3874 | m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); |
3875 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3876 | goto error_return; |
3877 | *pm = m; |
3878 | pm = &m->next; |
3879 | } |
3880 | |
3881 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't |
3882 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together |
3883 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will |
3884 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using |
3885 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ |
3886 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
3887 | { |
3888 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
3889 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
3890 | { |
3891 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3892 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3893 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3894 | goto error_return; |
3895 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3896 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE4; |
3897 | m->count = 1; |
3898 | m->sections[0] = s; |
3899 | |
3900 | *pm = m; |
3901 | pm = &m->next; |
3902 | } |
3903 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) |
3904 | { |
3905 | if (! tls_count) |
3906 | first_tls = s; |
3907 | tls_count++; |
3908 | } |
3909 | } |
3910 | |
3911 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
3912 | if (tls_count > 0) |
3913 | { |
3914 | int i; |
3915 | |
3916 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3917 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
3918 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3919 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3920 | goto error_return; |
3921 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3922 | m->p_type = PT_TLS7; |
3923 | m->count = tls_count; |
3924 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
3925 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2); |
3926 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3927 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) |
3928 | { |
3929 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)do { if (!(first_tls->flags & 0x400)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,3929); } while (0); |
3930 | m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
3931 | first_tls = first_tls->next; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | *pm = m; |
3935 | pm = &m->next; |
3936 | } |
3937 | |
3938 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
3939 | segment. */ |
3940 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr; |
3941 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL((void*)0) |
3942 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3943 | { |
3944 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3945 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3946 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3947 | goto error_return; |
3948 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3949 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550); |
3950 | m->count = 1; |
3951 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
3952 | |
3953 | *pm = m; |
3954 | pm = &m->next; |
3955 | } |
3956 | |
3957 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
3958 | { |
3959 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3960 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3961 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3962 | goto error_return; |
3963 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3964 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551); |
3965 | m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags; |
3966 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3967 | |
3968 | *pm = m; |
3969 | pm = &m->next; |
3970 | } |
3971 | |
3972 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->wxneeded) |
3973 | { |
3974 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3975 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3976 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3977 | goto error_return; |
3978 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3979 | m->p_type = PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED0x65a3dbe7; |
3980 | m->p_flags = 1; |
3981 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3982 | |
3983 | *pm = m; |
3984 | pm = &m->next; |
3985 | } |
3986 | |
3987 | /* If there is a .openbsd.randomdata section, throw in a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE |
3988 | segment. */ |
3989 | randomdata = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata"); |
3990 | if (randomdata != NULL((void*)0) && (randomdata->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3991 | { |
3992 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3993 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3994 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3995 | goto error_return; |
3996 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3997 | m->p_type = PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6; |
3998 | m->count = 1; |
3999 | m->sections[0] = randomdata->output_section; |
4000 | |
4001 | *pm = m; |
4002 | pm = &m->next; |
4003 | } |
4004 | |
4005 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->relro) |
4006 | { |
4007 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
4008 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
4009 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
4010 | goto error_return; |
4011 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
4012 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO(0x60000000 + 0x474e552); |
4013 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2); |
4014 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
4015 | |
4016 | *pm = m; |
4017 | pm = &m->next; |
4018 | } |
4019 | |
4020 | free (sections); |
4021 | sections = NULL((void*)0); |
4022 | |
4023 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = mfirst; |
4024 | return TRUE1; |
4025 | |
4026 | error_return: |
4027 | if (sections != NULL((void*)0)) |
4028 | free (sections); |
4029 | return FALSE0; |
4030 | } |
4031 | |
4032 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
4033 | |
4034 | static int |
4035 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
4036 | { |
4037 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
4038 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
4039 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
4040 | |
4041 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
4042 | place the section into a segment. */ |
4043 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
4044 | return -1; |
4045 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
4046 | return 1; |
4047 | |
4048 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
4049 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
4050 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
4051 | return -1; |
4052 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
4053 | return 1; |
4054 | |
4055 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
4056 | |
4057 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400)) == 0) |
4058 | |
4059 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
4060 | { |
4061 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
4062 | { |
4063 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
4064 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
4065 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
4066 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
4067 | } |
4068 | else |
4069 | return 1; |
4070 | } |
4071 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
4072 | return -1; |
4073 | |
4074 | #undef TOEND |
4075 | |
4076 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
4077 | before others at the same address. */ |
4078 | |
4079 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec1->size : 0; |
4080 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec2->size : 0; |
4081 | |
4082 | if (size1 < size2) |
4083 | return -1; |
4084 | if (size1 > size2) |
4085 | return 1; |
4086 | |
4087 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
4088 | } |
4089 | |
4090 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
4091 | |
4092 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
4093 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
4094 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
4095 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
4096 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
4097 | which is wrong. |
4098 | |
4099 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
4100 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
4101 | the page size.'' */ |
4102 | /* In other words, something like: |
4103 | |
4104 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
4105 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
4106 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
4107 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
4108 | else |
4109 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
4110 | |
4111 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
4112 | |
4113 | static file_ptr |
4114 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
4115 | { |
4116 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
4117 | } |
4118 | |
4119 | static void |
4120 | print_segment_map (bfd *abfd) |
4121 | { |
4122 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
4123 | unsigned int i, j; |
4124 | |
4125 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), _(" Section to Segment mapping:\n")(" Section to Segment mapping:\n")); |
4126 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), _(" Segment Sections...\n")(" Segment Sections...\n")); |
4127 | |
4128 | for (i= 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; |
4129 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
4130 | i++, m = m->next) |
4131 | { |
4132 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); |
4133 | char buf[32]; |
4134 | |
4135 | if (pt == NULL((void*)0)) |
4136 | { |
4137 | if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC0x70000000 && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC0x7FFFFFFF) |
4138 | sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", |
4139 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC0x70000000)); |
4140 | else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS0x60000000 && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS0x6fffffff) |
4141 | sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", |
4142 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS0x60000000)); |
4143 | else |
4144 | snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", |
4145 | (unsigned int) m->p_type); |
4146 | pt = buf; |
4147 | } |
4148 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), " %2.2d: %14.14s: ", i, pt); |
4149 | for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) |
4150 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), "%s ", m->sections [j]->name); |
4151 | putc ('\n',stderr)(!__isthreaded ? __sputc('\n', (&__sF[2])) : (putc)('\n', (&__sF[2]))); |
4152 | } |
4153 | } |
4154 | |
4155 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
4156 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
4157 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ |
4158 | |
4159 | static bfd_boolean |
4160 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
4161 | { |
4162 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4163 | unsigned int count; |
4164 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
4165 | unsigned int alloc; |
4166 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
4167 | file_ptr off, voff; |
4168 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
4169 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
4170 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
4171 | |
4172 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0)) |
4173 | { |
4174 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) |
4175 | return FALSE0; |
4176 | } |
4177 | else |
4178 | { |
4179 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
4180 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
4181 | sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded |
4182 | sections. */ |
4183 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; |
4184 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
4185 | m = m->next) |
4186 | { |
4187 | unsigned int new_count; |
4188 | unsigned int i; |
4189 | |
4190 | new_count = 0; |
4191 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++) |
4192 | { |
4193 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE0x8000) == 0 |
4194 | && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
4195 | || m->p_type != PT_LOAD1)) |
4196 | { |
4197 | if (i != new_count) |
4198 | m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i]; |
4199 | |
4200 | new_count ++; |
4201 | } |
4202 | } |
4203 | |
4204 | if (new_count != m->count) |
4205 | m->count = new_count; |
4206 | } |
4207 | } |
4208 | |
4209 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) |
4210 | { |
4211 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info)) |
4212 | return FALSE0; |
4213 | } |
4214 | |
4215 | count = 0; |
4216 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
4217 | ++count; |
4218 | |
4219 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4220 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4221 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum = count; |
4222 | |
4223 | if (count == 0) |
4224 | { |
4225 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4226 | return TRUE1; |
4227 | } |
4228 | |
4229 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure |
4230 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS |
4231 | is used in a linker script. */ |
4232 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4233 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) |
4234 | { |
4235 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
4236 | (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)")("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)" ), |
4237 | abfd, alloc, count)); |
4238 | print_segment_map (abfd); |
4239 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
4240 | return FALSE0; |
4241 | } |
4242 | |
4243 | if (alloc == 0) |
4244 | alloc = count; |
4245 | |
4246 | phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
4247 | if (phdrs == NULL((void*)0)) |
4248 | return FALSE0; |
4249 | |
4250 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4251 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4252 | |
4253 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
4254 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
4255 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; |
4256 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
4257 | |
4258 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
4259 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
4260 | m = m->next, p++) |
4261 | { |
4262 | unsigned int i; |
4263 | asection **secpp; |
4264 | |
4265 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
4266 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
4267 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
4268 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
4269 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
4270 | if (m->count > 1 |
4271 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_type == ET_CORE4 |
4272 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE4)) |
4273 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
4274 | elf_sort_sections); |
4275 | |
4276 | /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a |
4277 | number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz |
4278 | and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents |
4279 | that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next |
4280 | available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is |
4281 | an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents |
4282 | but need zero filled memory allocation. */ |
4283 | voff = 0; |
4284 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
4285 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
4286 | |
4287 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
4288 | && m->count > 0) |
4289 | { |
4290 | bfd_size_type align; |
4291 | bfd_vma adjust; |
4292 | unsigned int align_power = 0; |
4293 | |
4294 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
4295 | { |
4296 | unsigned int secalign; |
4297 | |
4298 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp)((*secpp)->alignment_power + 0); |
4299 | if (secalign > align_power) |
4300 | align_power = secalign; |
4301 | } |
4302 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; |
4303 | |
4304 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align) |
4305 | align = bed->maxpagesize; |
4306 | |
4307 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align); |
4308 | off += adjust; |
4309 | if (adjust != 0 |
4310 | && !m->includes_filehdr |
4311 | && !m->includes_phdrs |
4312 | && (ufile_ptr) off >= align) |
4313 | { |
4314 | /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for |
4315 | any other sections. Since the segment won't need file |
4316 | space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment. |
4317 | However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with |
4318 | .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide |
4319 | whether the segment has any loadable sections. */ |
4320 | i = 0; |
4321 | while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
4322 | { |
4323 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) == 0 |
4324 | || ++i >= m->count) |
4325 | { |
4326 | off -= adjust; |
4327 | voff = adjust - align; |
4328 | break; |
4329 | } |
4330 | } |
4331 | } |
4332 | } |
4333 | /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the |
4334 | PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
4335 | else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC2 |
4336 | && m->count > 1 |
4337 | && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) |
4338 | { |
4339 | _bfd_error_handler |
4340 | (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section")("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section" ), |
4341 | abfd); |
4342 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
4343 | return FALSE0; |
4344 | } |
4345 | |
4346 | if (m->count == 0) |
4347 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
4348 | else |
4349 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; |
4350 | |
4351 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
4352 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
4353 | else if (m->count == 0) |
4354 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
4355 | else |
4356 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; |
4357 | |
4358 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
4359 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
4360 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; |
4361 | else if (m->count == 0) |
4362 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
4363 | else |
4364 | p->p_align = 0; |
4365 | |
4366 | p->p_offset = 0; |
4367 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
4368 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
4369 | |
4370 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
4371 | { |
4372 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
4373 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
4374 | p->p_offset = 0; |
4375 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4376 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4377 | if (m->count > 0) |
4378 | { |
4379 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)do { if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,4379); } while (0); |
4380 | |
4381 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
4382 | { |
4383 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
4384 | (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N")("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N" ), |
4385 | abfd); |
4386 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
4387 | return FALSE0; |
4388 | } |
4389 | |
4390 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
4391 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4392 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
4393 | } |
4394 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
4395 | { |
4396 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
4397 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
4398 | } |
4399 | } |
4400 | |
4401 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
4402 | { |
4403 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
4404 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
4405 | |
4406 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
4407 | { |
4408 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
4409 | { |
4410 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4411 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4412 | } |
4413 | } |
4414 | else |
4415 | { |
4416 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4417 | |
4418 | if (m->count > 0) |
4419 | { |
4420 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)do { if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,4420); } while (0); |
4421 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
4422 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4423 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
4424 | } |
4425 | |
4426 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
4427 | { |
4428 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
4429 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
4430 | } |
4431 | else |
4432 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4433 | } |
4434 | |
4435 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4436 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4437 | } |
4438 | |
4439 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
4440 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core)) |
4441 | { |
4442 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) |
4443 | p->p_offset = off + voff; |
4444 | else |
4445 | { |
4446 | file_ptr adjust; |
4447 | |
4448 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
4449 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
4450 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
4451 | } |
4452 | } |
4453 | |
4454 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
4455 | { |
4456 | asection *sec; |
4457 | flagword flags; |
4458 | bfd_size_type align; |
4459 | |
4460 | sec = *secpp; |
4461 | flags = sec->flags; |
4462 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec)((sec)->alignment_power + 0); |
4463 | |
4464 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
4465 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS7) |
4466 | { |
4467 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; |
4468 | |
4469 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
4470 | { |
4471 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz); |
4472 | if (adjust < 0) |
4473 | { |
4474 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
4475 | (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections")("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"), |
4476 | abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma); |
4477 | adjust = 0; |
4478 | } |
4479 | off += adjust; |
4480 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
4481 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
4482 | } |
4483 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
4484 | normal segments. */ |
4485 | else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) == 0 |
4486 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS7) |
4487 | { |
4488 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position |
4489 | modulo the page size. */ |
4490 | bfd_size_type page = align; |
4491 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page) |
4492 | page = bed->maxpagesize; |
4493 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma, |
4494 | p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz, |
4495 | page); |
4496 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
4497 | } |
4498 | } |
4499 | |
4500 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
4501 | { |
4502 | /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains |
4503 | everything. */ |
4504 | if (i == 0) |
4505 | { |
4506 | sec->filepos = off; |
4507 | off += sec->size; |
4508 | p->p_filesz = sec->size; |
4509 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
4510 | p->p_align = 1; |
4511 | } |
4512 | else |
4513 | { |
4514 | /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ |
4515 | sec->filepos = 0; |
4516 | sec->size = 0; |
4517 | sec->flags = 0; |
4518 | continue; |
4519 | } |
4520 | } |
4521 | else |
4522 | { |
4523 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
4524 | { |
4525 | sec->filepos = off; |
4526 | /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to |
4527 | 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One |
4528 | plausible explanation is that it is to work around |
4529 | a problem we have with linker scripts using data |
4530 | statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it |
4531 | makes a great deal of sense to have such a section |
4532 | assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently |
4533 | people do this. The data statement results in a |
4534 | bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need |
4535 | section contents to write into. Eventually, we get |
4536 | to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any |
4537 | section with contents to the output. Make room |
4538 | here for the write, so that following segments are |
4539 | not trashed. */ |
4540 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
4541 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100) != 0) |
4542 | off += sec->size; |
4543 | } |
4544 | |
4545 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
4546 | { |
4547 | p->p_filesz += sec->size; |
4548 | p->p_memsz += sec->size; |
4549 | } |
4550 | /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded |
4551 | contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */ |
4552 | else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 |
4553 | && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100) != 0) |
4554 | p->p_filesz += sec->size; |
4555 | |
4556 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
4557 | normal segments. */ |
4558 | else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) == 0 |
4559 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS7) |
4560 | p->p_memsz += sec->size; |
4561 | |
4562 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS7 |
4563 | && sec->size == 0 |
4564 | && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100) == 0) |
4565 | { |
4566 | struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order; |
4567 | if (o != NULL((void*)0)) |
4568 | p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size; |
4569 | } |
4570 | |
4571 | if (align > p->p_align |
4572 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0)) |
4573 | p->p_align = align; |
4574 | } |
4575 | |
4576 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
4577 | { |
4578 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
4579 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE0x010) != 0) |
4580 | p->p_flags |= PF_X(1 << 0); |
4581 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY0x008) == 0) |
4582 | p->p_flags |= PF_W(1 << 1); |
4583 | } |
4584 | } |
4585 | } |
4586 | |
4587 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
4588 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
4589 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
4590 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
4591 | m = m->next, p++) |
4592 | { |
4593 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 && m->count > 0) |
4594 | { |
4595 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)do { if (!(! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs )) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 4595); } while (0); |
4596 | /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position, |
4597 | do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section |
4598 | not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any |
4599 | PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */ |
4600 | if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC2 && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0) |
4601 | { |
4602 | unsigned int i; |
4603 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4604 | |
4605 | i = 1; |
4606 | while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0]) |
4607 | ++i; |
4608 | off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section |
4609 | (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE1)); |
4610 | p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size; |
4611 | } |
4612 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
4613 | } |
4614 | if (m->count == 0) |
4615 | { |
4616 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
4617 | { |
4618 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
4619 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4620 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
4621 | } |
4622 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
4623 | { |
4624 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
4625 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4626 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
4627 | } |
4628 | else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO(0x60000000 + 0x474e552)) |
4629 | { |
4630 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
4631 | |
4632 | for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
4633 | { |
4634 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
4635 | && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end |
4636 | && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start |
4637 | && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz |
4638 | >= link_info->relro_end) |
4639 | break; |
4640 | } |
4641 | |
4642 | if (lp < phdrs + count |
4643 | && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr) |
4644 | { |
4645 | p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
4646 | p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; |
4647 | p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
4648 | p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; |
4649 | p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
4650 | p->p_align = 1; |
4651 | p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W(1 << 1)); |
4652 | } |
4653 | else |
4654 | { |
4655 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
4656 | p->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
4657 | } |
4658 | } |
4659 | } |
4660 | } |
4661 | |
4662 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ |
4663 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) |
4664 | { |
4665 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
4666 | p->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
4667 | } |
4668 | |
4669 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr = phdrs; |
4670 | |
4671 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
4672 | |
4673 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
4674 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
4675 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) |
4676 | return FALSE0; |
4677 | |
4678 | return TRUE1; |
4679 | } |
4680 | |
4681 | /* Get the size of the program header. |
4682 | |
4683 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it |
4684 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only |
4685 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, |
4686 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one |
4687 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
4688 | |
4689 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there |
4690 | will be two segments. */ |
4691 | |
4692 | static bfd_size_type |
4693 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd) |
4694 | { |
4695 | size_t segs; |
4696 | asection *s; |
4697 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4698 | |
4699 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ |
4700 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size != 0) |
4701 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4702 | |
4703 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
4704 | { |
4705 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
4706 | |
4707 | segs = 0; |
4708 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
4709 | ++segs; |
4710 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4711 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4712 | } |
4713 | |
4714 | /* We used to assume that two PT_LOAD segments would be enough, |
4715 | code and data, with the change to pad the PLT and GOT, this is no |
4716 | longer true. Now there can be several PT_LOAD sections. 7 seems |
4717 | to be enough with BSS_PLT and .rodata-X, where we have text, data, |
4718 | GOT, dynamic, PLT, bss */ |
4719 | segs = 7; |
4720 | |
4721 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
Value stored to 's' is never read | |
4722 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
4723 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
4724 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
4725 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
4726 | { |
4727 | /* We need a PT_PHDR segment. */ |
4728 | ++segs; |
4729 | } |
4730 | |
4731 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
4732 | { |
4733 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
4734 | PT_INTERP segment. */ |
4735 | ++segs; |
4736 | } |
4737 | |
4738 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL((void*)0)) |
4739 | { |
4740 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
4741 | ++segs; |
4742 | } |
4743 | |
4744 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata") != NULL((void*)0)) |
4745 | { |
4746 | /* We need a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE segment. */ |
4747 | ++segs; |
4748 | } |
4749 | |
4750 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr) |
4751 | { |
4752 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
4753 | ++segs; |
4754 | } |
4755 | |
4756 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
4757 | { |
4758 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
4759 | ++segs; |
4760 | } |
4761 | |
4762 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->relro) |
4763 | { |
4764 | /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
4765 | ++segs; |
4766 | } |
4767 | |
4768 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->wxneeded) |
4769 | { |
4770 | /* We need a PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED segment. */ |
4771 | ++segs; |
4772 | } |
4773 | |
4774 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
4775 | { |
4776 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
4777 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
4778 | { |
4779 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
4780 | ++segs; |
4781 | } |
4782 | } |
4783 | |
4784 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
4785 | { |
4786 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) |
4787 | { |
4788 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
4789 | ++segs; |
4790 | break; |
4791 | } |
4792 | } |
4793 | |
4794 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
4795 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
4796 | { |
4797 | int a; |
4798 | |
4799 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); |
4800 | if (a == -1) |
4801 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 4801 , __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); |
4802 | segs += a; |
4803 | } |
4804 | |
4805 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4806 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4807 | } |
4808 | |
4809 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
4810 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
4811 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
4812 | |
4813 | Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as |
4814 | "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and |
4815 | those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are |
4816 | stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't |
4817 | consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable |
4818 | image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by |
4819 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs. |
4820 | |
4821 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
4822 | |
4823 | static bfd_boolean |
4824 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
4825 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
4826 | { |
4827 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
4828 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4829 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4830 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
4831 | file_ptr off; |
4832 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4833 | |
4834 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)) == 0 |
4835 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_core) |
4836 | { |
4837 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
4838 | unsigned int i; |
4839 | |
4840 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
4841 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
4842 | |
4843 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
4844 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
4845 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
4846 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
4847 | { |
4848 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
4849 | |
4850 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
4851 | if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9 || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
4852 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL((void*)0)) |
4853 | || i == tdata->symtab_section |
4854 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section |
4855 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
4856 | { |
4857 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
4858 | } |
4859 | else |
4860 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
4861 | |
4862 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
4863 | { |
4864 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4865 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4866 | } |
4867 | } |
4868 | } |
4869 | else |
4870 | { |
4871 | unsigned int i; |
4872 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
4873 | |
4874 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
4875 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
4876 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info)) |
4877 | return FALSE0; |
4878 | |
4879 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
4880 | |
4881 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
4882 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
4883 | { |
4884 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
4885 | |
4886 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
4887 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) |
4888 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) |
4889 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; |
4890 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
4891 | { |
4892 | if (hdr->bfd_section->size != 0) |
4893 | { |
4894 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
4895 | (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment")("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
4896 | abfd, |
4897 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL((void*)0) |
4898 | ? "*unknown*" |
4899 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
4900 | } |
4901 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
4902 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
4903 | bed->maxpagesize); |
4904 | else |
4905 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
4906 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
4907 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
4908 | FALSE0); |
4909 | } |
4910 | else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9 || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
4911 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL((void*)0)) |
4912 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
4913 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] |
4914 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
4915 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
4916 | else |
4917 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
4918 | |
4919 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
4920 | { |
4921 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4922 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4923 | } |
4924 | } |
4925 | } |
4926 | |
4927 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
4928 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
4929 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
4930 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
4931 | |
4932 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
4933 | |
4934 | return TRUE1; |
4935 | } |
4936 | |
4937 | static bfd_boolean |
4938 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
4939 | { |
4940 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
4941 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
4942 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
4943 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
4944 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4945 | |
4946 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4947 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4948 | |
4949 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
4950 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
4951 | return FALSE0; |
4952 | |
4953 | elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) = shstrtab; |
4954 | |
4955 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG00] = ELFMAG00x7F; |
4956 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG11] = ELFMAG1'E'; |
4957 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG22] = ELFMAG2'L'; |
4958 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG33] = ELFMAG3'F'; |
4959 | |
4960 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] = bed->s->elfclass; |
4961 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA5] = |
4962 | bfd_big_endian (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) ? ELFDATA2MSB2 : ELFDATA2LSB1; |
4963 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION6] = bed->s->ev_current; |
4964 | |
4965 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0) |
4966 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN3; |
4967 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) != 0) |
4968 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC2; |
4969 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
4970 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE4; |
4971 | else |
4972 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL1; |
4973 | |
4974 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
4975 | { |
4976 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
4977 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE0; |
4978 | break; |
4979 | |
4980 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
4981 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
4982 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
4983 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
4984 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
4985 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
4986 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
4987 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
4988 | default: |
4989 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
4993 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4994 | |
4995 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
4996 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
4997 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
4998 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
4999 | |
5000 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
5001 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd)((abfd)->start_address); |
5002 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
5003 | |
5004 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
5005 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) |
5006 | /* It all happens later. */ |
5007 | ; |
5008 | else |
5009 | { |
5010 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
5011 | i_phdrp = 0; |
5012 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
5016 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE0); |
5017 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
5018 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE0); |
5019 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
5020 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE0); |
5021 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
5022 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
5023 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
5024 | return FALSE0; |
5025 | |
5026 | return TRUE1; |
5027 | } |
5028 | |
5029 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
5030 | of the loadable file image. */ |
5031 | |
5032 | void |
5033 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
5034 | { |
5035 | file_ptr off; |
5036 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
5037 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
5038 | |
5039 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
5040 | |
5041 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
5042 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
5043 | { |
5044 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
5045 | |
5046 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
5047 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL9 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
5048 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
5049 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE1); |
5050 | } |
5051 | |
5052 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
5053 | } |
5054 | |
5055 | bfd_boolean |
5056 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
5057 | { |
5058 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5059 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
5060 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
5061 | bfd_boolean failed; |
5062 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
5063 | |
5064 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
5065 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
5066 | return FALSE0; |
5067 | |
5068 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
5069 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
5070 | |
5071 | failed = FALSE0; |
5072 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
5073 | if (failed) |
5074 | return FALSE0; |
5075 | |
5076 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
5077 | |
5078 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
5079 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
5080 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
5081 | { |
5082 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
5083 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
5084 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
5085 | { |
5086 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
5087 | |
5088 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
5089 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
5090 | return FALSE0; |
5091 | } |
5092 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
5093 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
5094 | } |
5095 | |
5096 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
5097 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) != NULL((void*)0) |
5098 | && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
5099 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)))) |
5100 | return FALSE0; |
5101 | |
5102 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
5103 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
5104 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->linker); |
5105 | |
5106 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
5107 | } |
5108 | |
5109 | bfd_boolean |
5110 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
5111 | { |
5112 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
5113 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
5114 | } |
5115 | |
5116 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
5117 | |
5118 | int |
5119 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
5120 | { |
5121 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
5122 | int index; |
5123 | |
5124 | if (elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd) != NULL((void*)0) |
5125 | && elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx != 0) |
5126 | return elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asect)->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
5127 | |
5128 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section))) |
5129 | index = SHN_ABS0xFFF1; |
5130 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)(((asect)->flags & 0x1000) != 0)) |
5131 | index = SHN_COMMON0xFFF2; |
5132 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section))) |
5133 | index = SHN_UNDEF0; |
5134 | else |
5135 | index = -1; |
5136 | |
5137 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5138 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
5139 | { |
5140 | int retval = index; |
5141 | |
5142 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
5143 | return retval; |
5144 | } |
5145 | |
5146 | if (index == -1) |
5147 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
5148 | |
5149 | return index; |
5150 | } |
5151 | |
5152 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
5153 | on error. */ |
5154 | |
5155 | int |
5156 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
5157 | { |
5158 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
5159 | int idx; |
5160 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
5161 | |
5162 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
5163 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
5164 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
5165 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
5166 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
5167 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
5168 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
5169 | && asym_ptr->section) |
5170 | { |
5171 | int indx; |
5172 | |
5173 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
5174 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; |
5175 | else |
5176 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; |
5177 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) |
5178 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx] != NULL((void*)0)) |
5179 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx]->udata.i; |
5180 | } |
5181 | |
5182 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
5183 | |
5184 | if (idx == 0) |
5185 | { |
5186 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
5187 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
5188 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
5189 | (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present")("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
5190 | abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)((asym_ptr)->name)); |
5191 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
5192 | return -1; |
5193 | } |
5194 | |
5195 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
5196 | { |
5197 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), |
5198 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
5199 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
5200 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
5201 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
5202 | } |
5203 | #endif |
5204 | |
5205 | return idx; |
5206 | } |
5207 | |
5208 | /* Rewrite program header information. */ |
5209 | |
5210 | static bfd_boolean |
5211 | rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
5212 | { |
5213 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
5214 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
5215 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
5216 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
5217 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
5218 | asection *section; |
5219 | unsigned int i; |
5220 | unsigned int num_segments; |
5221 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE0; |
5222 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
5223 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL((void*)0); |
5224 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
5225 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
5226 | |
5227 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5228 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
5229 | |
5230 | map_first = NULL((void*)0); |
5231 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
5232 | |
5233 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
5234 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (obfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
5235 | |
5236 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
5237 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
5238 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
5239 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
5240 | |
5241 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
5242 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400)) \ |
5243 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7) \ |
5244 | ? section->size : 0) |
5245 | |
5246 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
5247 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
5248 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
5249 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
5250 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
5251 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
5252 | |
5253 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
5254 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
5255 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
5256 | (section->lma >= base \ |
5257 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
5258 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
5259 | |
5260 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
5261 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
5262 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 \ |
5263 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd)((ibfd)->format) == bfd_core \ |
5264 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ |
5265 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
5266 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
5267 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
5268 | |
5269 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
5270 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
5271 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
5272 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
5273 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
5274 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
5275 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
5276 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
5277 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100) != 0 \ |
5278 | && s->size > 0 \ |
5279 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
5280 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
5281 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
5282 | |
5283 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
5284 | A section will be included if: |
5285 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
5286 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
5287 | 2. It is an allocated segment, |
5288 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
5289 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
5290 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
5291 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
5292 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. |
5293 | 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning |
5294 | (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ |
5295 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
5296 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
5297 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
5298 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
5299 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) \ |
5300 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
5301 | && section->output_section != NULL((void*)0) \ |
5302 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551) \ |
5303 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS7 \ |
5304 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400)) \ |
5305 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 \ |
5306 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7 \ |
5307 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) == 0) \ |
5308 | && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC2 \ |
5309 | || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ |
5310 | || (segment->p_paddr \ |
5311 | ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ |
5312 | : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ |
5313 | || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section)((section)->name + 0), ".dynamic") \ |
5314 | == 0)) \ |
5315 | && ! section->segment_mark) |
5316 | |
5317 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
5318 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
5319 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
5320 | |
5321 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
5322 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
5323 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
5324 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
5325 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
5326 | LMA. */ |
5327 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
5328 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
5329 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
5330 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
5331 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
5332 | |
5333 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
5334 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL((void*)0); section = section->next) |
5335 | section->segment_mark = FALSE0; |
5336 | |
5337 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
5338 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
5339 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
5340 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
5341 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
5342 | i < num_segments; |
5343 | i++, segment++) |
5344 | { |
5345 | unsigned int j; |
5346 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
5347 | |
5348 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP3) |
5349 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
5350 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
5351 | { |
5352 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
5353 | assignment code will work. */ |
5354 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
5355 | break; |
5356 | } |
5357 | |
5358 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
5359 | continue; |
5360 | |
5361 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
5362 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
5363 | { |
5364 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
5365 | |
5366 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD1 |
5367 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
5368 | continue; |
5369 | |
5370 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
5371 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
5372 | { |
5373 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
5374 | SEGMENT. */ |
5375 | extra_length = |
5376 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
5377 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); |
5378 | |
5379 | if (extra_length > 0) |
5380 | { |
5381 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
5382 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
5383 | } |
5384 | |
5385 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
5386 | |
5387 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
5388 | i = 0; |
5389 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
5390 | break; |
5391 | } |
5392 | else |
5393 | { |
5394 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
5395 | SEGMENT2. */ |
5396 | extra_length = |
5397 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
5398 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); |
5399 | |
5400 | if (extra_length > 0) |
5401 | { |
5402 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
5403 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
5404 | } |
5405 | |
5406 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
5407 | } |
5408 | } |
5409 | } |
5410 | |
5411 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
5412 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
5413 | i < num_segments; |
5414 | i ++, segment ++) |
5415 | { |
5416 | unsigned int section_count; |
5417 | asection ** sections; |
5418 | asection * output_section; |
5419 | unsigned int isec; |
5420 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
5421 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
5422 | unsigned int j; |
5423 | bfd_size_type amt; |
5424 | |
5425 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL0) |
5426 | continue; |
5427 | |
5428 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
5429 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
5430 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
5431 | section = section->next) |
5432 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
5433 | ++section_count; |
5434 | |
5435 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
5436 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
5437 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
5438 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
5439 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
5440 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5441 | return FALSE0; |
5442 | |
5443 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
5444 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
5445 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
5446 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
5447 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
5448 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
5449 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
5450 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
5451 | |
5452 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
5453 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
5454 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
5455 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
5456 | |
5457 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
5458 | |
5459 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
5460 | { |
5461 | map->includes_phdrs = |
5462 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
5463 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
5464 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
5465 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
5466 | |
5467 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 && map->includes_phdrs) |
5468 | phdr_included = TRUE1; |
5469 | } |
5470 | |
5471 | if (section_count == 0) |
5472 | { |
5473 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
5474 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
5475 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
5476 | a warning is produced. */ |
5477 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
5478 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
5479 | (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n")("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n" ), |
5480 | ibfd); |
5481 | |
5482 | map->count = 0; |
5483 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5484 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5485 | |
5486 | continue; |
5487 | } |
5488 | |
5489 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
5490 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
5491 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
5492 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
5493 | |
5494 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
5495 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
5496 | input BFD. |
5497 | |
5498 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
5499 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
5500 | of the first section. |
5501 | |
5502 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
5503 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
5504 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
5505 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
5506 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
5507 | |
5508 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
5509 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
5510 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
5511 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
5512 | |
5513 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
5514 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
5515 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
5516 | |
5517 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here |
5518 | to work around this long long bug. */ |
5519 | sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); |
5520 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
5521 | return FALSE0; |
5522 | |
5523 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
5524 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
5525 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
5526 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
5527 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
5528 | more to do. */ |
5529 | isec = 0; |
5530 | matching_lma = 0; |
5531 | suggested_lma = 0; |
5532 | |
5533 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
5534 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
5535 | section = section->next) |
5536 | { |
5537 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
5538 | { |
5539 | output_section = section->output_section; |
5540 | |
5541 | sections[j ++] = section; |
5542 | |
5543 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
5544 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
5545 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
5546 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
5547 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
5548 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
5549 | && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
5550 | && isec == 0 |
5551 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
5552 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
5553 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
5554 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
5555 | : 0) |
5556 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
5557 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
5558 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
5559 | : 0)))) |
5560 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
5561 | |
5562 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
5563 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
5564 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
5565 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
5566 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && |
5567 | IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)) |
5568 | ) |
5569 | { |
5570 | if (matching_lma == 0) |
5571 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
5572 | |
5573 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
5574 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
5575 | segment. */ |
5576 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
5577 | } |
5578 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5579 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5580 | } |
5581 | } |
5582 | |
5583 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count)do { if (!(j == section_count)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,5583); } while (0); |
5584 | |
5585 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
5586 | if necessary. */ |
5587 | if (isec == section_count) |
5588 | { |
5589 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
5590 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
5591 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
5592 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
5593 | map->count = section_count; |
5594 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5595 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5596 | |
5597 | free (sections); |
5598 | continue; |
5599 | } |
5600 | else |
5601 | { |
5602 | if (matching_lma != 0) |
5603 | { |
5604 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
5605 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
5606 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
5607 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
5608 | } |
5609 | else |
5610 | { |
5611 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
5612 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
5613 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
5614 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
5615 | } |
5616 | |
5617 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
5618 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
5619 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
5620 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
5621 | |
5622 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
5623 | { |
5624 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
5625 | |
5626 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
5627 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
5628 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
5629 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
5630 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
5631 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
5632 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
5633 | } |
5634 | } |
5635 | |
5636 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
5637 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
5638 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
5639 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
5640 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
5641 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
5642 | the loop. */ |
5643 | isec = 0; |
5644 | do |
5645 | { |
5646 | map->count = 0; |
5647 | suggested_lma = 0; |
5648 | |
5649 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
5650 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
5651 | { |
5652 | section = sections[j]; |
5653 | |
5654 | if (section == NULL((void*)0)) |
5655 | continue; |
5656 | |
5657 | output_section = section->output_section; |
5658 | |
5659 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL)do { if (!(output_section != ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,5659); } while (0); |
5660 | |
5661 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
5662 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
5663 | { |
5664 | if (map->count == 0) |
5665 | { |
5666 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
5667 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
5668 | wrong. */ |
5669 | if (output_section->lma != |
5670 | (map->p_paddr |
5671 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
5672 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
5673 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
5674 | : 0))) |
5675 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 5675 , __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); |
5676 | } |
5677 | else |
5678 | { |
5679 | asection * prev_sec; |
5680 | |
5681 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
5682 | |
5683 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
5684 | and the start of this section is more than |
5685 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
5686 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) ) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) + ((maxpagesize ) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
5687 | maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) ) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) + ((maxpagesize ) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
5688 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (output_section->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (output_section->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (output_section ->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize )-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
5689 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) |
5690 | > output_section->lma)) |
5691 | { |
5692 | if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5693 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5694 | |
5695 | continue; |
5696 | } |
5697 | } |
5698 | |
5699 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
5700 | ++isec; |
5701 | sections[j] = NULL((void*)0); |
5702 | section->segment_mark = TRUE1; |
5703 | } |
5704 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5705 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5706 | } |
5707 | |
5708 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0)do { if (!(map->count > 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,5708); } while (0); |
5709 | |
5710 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
5711 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5712 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5713 | |
5714 | if (isec < section_count) |
5715 | { |
5716 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
5717 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
5718 | and carry on looping. */ |
5719 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
5720 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
5721 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
5722 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5723 | { |
5724 | free (sections); |
5725 | return FALSE0; |
5726 | } |
5727 | |
5728 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
5729 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
5730 | not yet been assigned. */ |
5731 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
5732 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
5733 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
5734 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
5735 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
5736 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
5737 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
5738 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
5739 | } |
5740 | } |
5741 | while (isec < section_count); |
5742 | |
5743 | free (sections); |
5744 | } |
5745 | |
5746 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
5747 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
5748 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
5749 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
5750 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5751 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
5752 | break; |
5753 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5754 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5755 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
5756 | |
5757 | elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = map_first; |
5758 | |
5759 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
5760 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
5761 | the offset if necessary. */ |
5762 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL((void*)0)) |
5763 | { |
5764 | unsigned int count; |
5765 | |
5766 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5767 | count++; |
5768 | |
5769 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
5770 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
5771 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
5772 | } |
5773 | |
5774 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
5775 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
5776 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
5777 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
5778 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
5779 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
5780 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
5781 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
5782 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
5783 | return TRUE1; |
5784 | } |
5785 | |
5786 | /* Copy ELF program header information. */ |
5787 | |
5788 | static bfd_boolean |
5789 | copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
5790 | { |
5791 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
5792 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
5793 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
5794 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
5795 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
5796 | unsigned int i; |
5797 | unsigned int num_segments; |
5798 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE0; |
5799 | |
5800 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
5801 | |
5802 | map_first = NULL((void*)0); |
5803 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
5804 | |
5805 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
5806 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
5807 | i < num_segments; |
5808 | i++, segment++) |
5809 | { |
5810 | asection *section; |
5811 | unsigned int section_count; |
5812 | bfd_size_type amt; |
5813 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
5814 | |
5815 | /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */ |
5816 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL0) |
5817 | continue; |
5818 | |
5819 | /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ |
5820 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
5821 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
5822 | section = section->next) |
5823 | { |
5824 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(section)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr); |
5825 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)(this_hdr->sh_size > 0 && (segment->p_type != 7 || (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 10)) != 0) && (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 1) ? (this_hdr-> sh_addr >= segment->p_vaddr && this_hdr->sh_addr + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_vaddr + segment-> p_memsz) : ((bfd_vma) this_hdr->sh_offset >= segment-> p_offset && (this_hdr->sh_offset + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz))))) |
5826 | section_count++; |
5827 | } |
5828 | |
5829 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
5830 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
5831 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
5832 | if (section_count != 0) |
5833 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
5834 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
5835 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5836 | return FALSE0; |
5837 | |
5838 | /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the |
5839 | input segment. */ |
5840 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
5841 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
5842 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
5843 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
5844 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
5845 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
5846 | |
5847 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
5848 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
5849 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
5850 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
5851 | |
5852 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
5853 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
5854 | { |
5855 | map->includes_phdrs = |
5856 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
5857 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
5858 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
5859 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
5860 | |
5861 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 && map->includes_phdrs) |
5862 | phdr_included = TRUE1; |
5863 | } |
5864 | |
5865 | if (section_count != 0) |
5866 | { |
5867 | unsigned int isec = 0; |
5868 | |
5869 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
5870 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
5871 | section = section->next) |
5872 | { |
5873 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(section)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr); |
5874 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)(this_hdr->sh_size > 0 && (segment->p_type != 7 || (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 10)) != 0) && (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 1) ? (this_hdr-> sh_addr >= segment->p_vaddr && this_hdr->sh_addr + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_vaddr + segment-> p_memsz) : ((bfd_vma) this_hdr->sh_offset >= segment-> p_offset && (this_hdr->sh_offset + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz))))) |
5875 | map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; |
5876 | } |
5877 | } |
5878 | |
5879 | map->count = section_count; |
5880 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5881 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5882 | } |
5883 | |
5884 | elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = map_first; |
5885 | return TRUE1; |
5886 | } |
5887 | |
5888 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header |
5889 | information. */ |
5890 | |
5891 | static bfd_boolean |
5892 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
5893 | { |
5894 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
5895 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
5896 | return TRUE1; |
5897 | |
5898 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
5899 | return TRUE1; |
5900 | |
5901 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
5902 | { |
5903 | /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program |
5904 | header are changed. */ |
5905 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
5906 | asection *section, *osec; |
5907 | unsigned int i, num_segments; |
5908 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
5909 | |
5910 | /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ |
5911 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL((void*)0); |
5912 | section = section->next) |
5913 | section->segment_mark = FALSE0; |
5914 | |
5915 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
5916 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
5917 | i < num_segments; |
5918 | i++, segment++) |
5919 | { |
5920 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
5921 | section != NULL((void*)0); section = section->next) |
5922 | { |
5923 | /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes |
5924 | from the input BFD. */ |
5925 | osec = section->output_section; |
5926 | if (osec) |
5927 | osec->segment_mark = TRUE1; |
5928 | |
5929 | /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ |
5930 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(section)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr); |
5931 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)(this_hdr->sh_size > 0 && (segment->p_type != 7 || (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 10)) != 0) && (this_hdr->sh_flags & (1 << 1) ? (this_hdr-> sh_addr >= segment->p_vaddr && this_hdr->sh_addr + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_vaddr + segment-> p_memsz) : ((bfd_vma) this_hdr->sh_offset >= segment-> p_offset && (this_hdr->sh_offset + this_hdr->sh_size <= segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz))))) |
5932 | { |
5933 | /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or |
5934 | removed. What else do we need to check? */ |
5935 | if (osec == NULL((void*)0) |
5936 | || section->flags != osec->flags |
5937 | || section->lma != osec->lma |
5938 | || section->vma != osec->vma |
5939 | || section->size != osec->size |
5940 | || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize |
5941 | || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) |
5942 | goto rewrite; |
5943 | } |
5944 | } |
5945 | } |
5946 | |
5947 | /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the |
5948 | input BFD. */ |
5949 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL((void*)0); |
5950 | section = section->next) |
5951 | { |
5952 | if (section->segment_mark == FALSE0) |
5953 | goto rewrite; |
5954 | else |
5955 | section->segment_mark = FALSE0; |
5956 | } |
5957 | |
5958 | return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
5959 | } |
5960 | |
5961 | rewrite: |
5962 | return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
5963 | } |
5964 | |
5965 | /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ |
5966 | |
5967 | bfd_boolean |
5968 | _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
5969 | asection *isec, |
5970 | bfd *obfd, |
5971 | asection *osec, |
5972 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
5973 | |
5974 | { |
5975 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
5976 | bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL((void*)0) || link_info->relocatable; |
5977 | |
5978 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
5979 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
5980 | return TRUE1; |
5981 | |
5982 | /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to |
5983 | something different? */ |
5984 | if (elf_section_type (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) == SHT_NULL0) |
5985 | elf_section_type (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = elf_section_type (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type); |
5986 | |
5987 | /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output |
5988 | SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back |
5989 | to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. |
5990 | See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
5991 | |
5992 | if (need_group) |
5993 | { |
5994 | if (elf_sec_group (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->sec_group ) == NULL((void*)0) |
5995 | || (elf_sec_group (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->sec_group )->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED0x200000) == 0) |
5996 | { |
5997 | if (elf_section_flags (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) |
5998 | elf_section_flags (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) |= SHF_GROUP(1 << 9); |
5999 | elf_next_in_group (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = elf_next_in_group (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
6000 | elf_group_name (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->group .name) = elf_group_name (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->group .name); |
6001 | } |
6002 | } |
6003 | |
6004 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
6005 | |
6006 | /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We |
6007 | don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it |
6008 | may be NULL at this point. */ |
6009 | if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER(1 << 7)) != 0) |
6010 | { |
6011 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
6012 | ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER(1 << 7); |
6013 | elf_linked_to_section (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->linked_to ) = elf_linked_to_section (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->linked_to ); |
6014 | } |
6015 | |
6016 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
6017 | |
6018 | return TRUE1; |
6019 | } |
6020 | |
6021 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
6022 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
6023 | |
6024 | bfd_boolean |
6025 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
6026 | asection *isec, |
6027 | bfd *obfd, |
6028 | asection *osec) |
6029 | { |
6030 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
6031 | |
6032 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
6033 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
6034 | return TRUE1; |
6035 | |
6036 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(isec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
6037 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(osec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
6038 | |
6039 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
6040 | |
6041 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
6042 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11 |
6043 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe |
6044 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd) |
6045 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
6046 | |
6047 | return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, |
6048 | NULL((void*)0)); |
6049 | } |
6050 | |
6051 | /* Copy private header information. */ |
6052 | |
6053 | bfd_boolean |
6054 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
6055 | { |
6056 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
6057 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
6058 | return TRUE1; |
6059 | |
6060 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
6061 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
6062 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
6063 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
6064 | already been worked out. */ |
6065 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0) && elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
6066 | { |
6067 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
6068 | return FALSE0; |
6069 | } |
6070 | |
6071 | return TRUE1; |
6072 | } |
6073 | |
6074 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
6075 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
6076 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
6077 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
6078 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
6079 | |
6080 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 1) |
6081 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 2) |
6082 | #define MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 3) |
6083 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 4) |
6084 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 5) |
6085 | |
6086 | bfd_boolean |
6087 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
6088 | asymbol *isymarg, |
6089 | bfd *obfd, |
6090 | asymbol *osymarg) |
6091 | { |
6092 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
6093 | |
6094 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
6095 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
6096 | return TRUE1; |
6097 | |
6098 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg)(((isymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (isymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (isymarg) : 0); |
6099 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg)(((osymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (osymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (osymarg) : 0); |
6100 | |
6101 | if (isym != NULL((void*)0) |
6102 | && osym != NULL((void*)0) |
6103 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)((isym->symbol.section) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section ))) |
6104 | { |
6105 | unsigned int shndx; |
6106 | |
6107 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
6108 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)) |
6109 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1); |
6110 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)) |
6111 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2); |
6112 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section) |
6113 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3); |
6114 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section) |
6115 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4); |
6116 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section) |
6117 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5); |
6118 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
6119 | } |
6120 | |
6121 | return TRUE1; |
6122 | } |
6123 | |
6124 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
6125 | |
6126 | static bfd_boolean |
6127 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
6128 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
6129 | int relocatable_p) |
6130 | { |
6131 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
6132 | int symcount; |
6133 | asymbol **syms; |
6134 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
6135 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
6136 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
6137 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
6138 | bfd_byte *outbound_syms; |
6139 | bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; |
6140 | int idx; |
6141 | bfd_size_type amt; |
6142 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
6143 | |
6144 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
6145 | return FALSE0; |
6146 | |
6147 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
6148 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
6149 | if (stt == NULL((void*)0)) |
6150 | return FALSE0; |
6151 | |
6152 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
6153 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
6154 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
6155 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB2; |
6156 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
6157 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
6158 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) + 1; |
6159 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
6160 | |
6161 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
6162 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
6163 | |
6164 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
6165 | if (outbound_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
6166 | { |
6167 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
6168 | return FALSE0; |
6169 | } |
6170 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
6171 | |
6172 | outbound_shndx = NULL((void*)0); |
6173 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
6174 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
6175 | { |
6176 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
6177 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, |
6178 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
6179 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL((void*)0)) |
6180 | { |
6181 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
6182 | return FALSE0; |
6183 | } |
6184 | |
6185 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
6186 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18; |
6187 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
6188 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
6189 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
6190 | } |
6191 | |
6192 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
6193 | { |
6194 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
6195 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
6196 | sym.st_name = 0; |
6197 | sym.st_value = 0; |
6198 | sym.st_size = 0; |
6199 | sym.st_info = 0; |
6200 | sym.st_other = 0; |
6201 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF0; |
6202 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
6203 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
6204 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
6205 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
6206 | } |
6207 | |
6208 | name_local_sections |
6209 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
6210 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
6211 | |
6212 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
6213 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
6214 | { |
6215 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
6216 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
6217 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
6218 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
6219 | int type; |
6220 | |
6221 | if (!name_local_sections |
6222 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100 | BSF_GLOBAL0x02)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
6223 | { |
6224 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
6225 | sym.st_name = 0; |
6226 | } |
6227 | else |
6228 | { |
6229 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
6230 | syms[idx]->name, |
6231 | TRUE1, FALSE0); |
6232 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
6233 | { |
6234 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
6235 | return FALSE0; |
6236 | } |
6237 | } |
6238 | |
6239 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx])(((syms[idx])->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (syms[idx])->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (syms[idx]) : 0); |
6240 | |
6241 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
6242 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x1000) != 0)) |
6243 | { |
6244 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
6245 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
6246 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
6247 | sym.st_size = value; |
6248 | if (type_ptr == NULL((void*)0) |
6249 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
6250 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
6251 | else |
6252 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
6253 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
6254 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
6255 | } |
6256 | else |
6257 | { |
6258 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
6259 | int shndx; |
6260 | |
6261 | if (sec->output_section) |
6262 | { |
6263 | value += sec->output_offset; |
6264 | sec = sec->output_section; |
6265 | } |
6266 | |
6267 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
6268 | if (! relocatable_p) |
6269 | value += sec->vma; |
6270 | sym.st_value = value; |
6271 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
6272 | |
6273 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)((sec) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)) |
6274 | && type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
6275 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
6276 | { |
6277 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
6278 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
6279 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
6280 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
6281 | switch (shndx) |
6282 | { |
6283 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1): |
6284 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section); |
6285 | break; |
6286 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2): |
6287 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section); |
6288 | break; |
6289 | case MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3): |
6290 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section; |
6291 | break; |
6292 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4): |
6293 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section; |
6294 | break; |
6295 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5): |
6296 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section; |
6297 | break; |
6298 | default: |
6299 | break; |
6300 | } |
6301 | } |
6302 | else |
6303 | { |
6304 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
6305 | |
6306 | if (shndx == -1) |
6307 | { |
6308 | asection *sec2; |
6309 | |
6310 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
6311 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
6312 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
6313 | demand of applications. For example, it |
6314 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
6315 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
6316 | actually in the output file. */ |
6317 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
6318 | if (sec2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
6319 | { |
6320 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ) |
6321 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'")("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ), |
6322 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
6323 | sec->name); |
6324 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
6325 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
6326 | return FALSE0; |
6327 | } |
6328 | |
6329 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
6330 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1)do { if (!(shndx != -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,6330); } while (0); |
6331 | } |
6332 | } |
6333 | |
6334 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
6335 | } |
6336 | |
6337 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL0x40000) != 0) |
6338 | type = STT_TLS6; |
6339 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION0x10) != 0) |
6340 | type = STT_FUNC2; |
6341 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT0x10000) != 0) |
6342 | type = STT_OBJECT1; |
6343 | else |
6344 | type = STT_NOTYPE0; |
6345 | |
6346 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x400) |
6347 | type = STT_TLS6; |
6348 | |
6349 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
6350 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
6351 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
6352 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
6353 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
6354 | |
6355 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
6356 | { |
6357 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
6358 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION)(((1) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
6359 | else |
6360 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION)(((0) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
6361 | } |
6362 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x1000) != 0)) |
6363 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type)(((1) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
6364 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)((syms[idx]->section) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section ))) |
6365 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
6366 | ? STB_WEAK(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
6367 | : STB_GLOBAL),(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
6368 | type)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )); |
6369 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE0x4000) |
6370 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE)(((0) << 4) + ((4) & 0xF)); |
6371 | else |
6372 | { |
6373 | int bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
6374 | |
6375 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL0x01) |
6376 | bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
6377 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK0x80) |
6378 | bind = STB_WEAK2; |
6379 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
6380 | bind = STB_GLOBAL1; |
6381 | |
6382 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type)(((bind) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
6383 | } |
6384 | |
6385 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
6386 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
6387 | else |
6388 | sym.st_other = 0; |
6389 | |
6390 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
6391 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
6392 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
6393 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
6394 | } |
6395 | |
6396 | *sttp = stt; |
6397 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
6398 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
6399 | |
6400 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
6401 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
6402 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
6403 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
6404 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
6405 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
6406 | |
6407 | return TRUE1; |
6408 | } |
6409 | |
6410 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
6411 | |
6412 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
6413 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
6414 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
6415 | |
6416 | long |
6417 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
6418 | { |
6419 | long symcount; |
6420 | long symtab_size; |
6421 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
6422 | |
6423 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
6424 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
6425 | if (symcount > 0) |
6426 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
6427 | |
6428 | return symtab_size; |
6429 | } |
6430 | |
6431 | long |
6432 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
6433 | { |
6434 | long symcount; |
6435 | long symtab_size; |
6436 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
6437 | |
6438 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
6439 | { |
6440 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
6441 | return -1; |
6442 | } |
6443 | |
6444 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
6445 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
6446 | if (symcount > 0) |
6447 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
6448 | |
6449 | return symtab_size; |
6450 | } |
6451 | |
6452 | long |
6453 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6454 | sec_ptr asect) |
6455 | { |
6456 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
6457 | } |
6458 | |
6459 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
6460 | |
6461 | long |
6462 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
6463 | sec_ptr section, |
6464 | arelent **relptr, |
6465 | asymbol **symbols) |
6466 | { |
6467 | arelent *tblptr; |
6468 | unsigned int i; |
6469 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
6470 | |
6471 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE0)) |
6472 | return -1; |
6473 | |
6474 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
6475 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
6476 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
6477 | |
6478 | *relptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6479 | |
6480 | return section->reloc_count; |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | long |
6484 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
6485 | { |
6486 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
6487 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE0); |
6488 | |
6489 | if (symcount >= 0) |
6490 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) = symcount; |
6491 | return symcount; |
6492 | } |
6493 | |
6494 | long |
6495 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
6496 | asymbol **allocation) |
6497 | { |
6498 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
6499 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE1); |
6500 | |
6501 | if (symcount >= 0) |
6502 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->dynsymcount) = symcount; |
6503 | return symcount; |
6504 | } |
6505 | |
6506 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable |
6507 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL |
6508 | or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a |
6509 | dynamic reloc section. */ |
6510 | |
6511 | long |
6512 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
6513 | { |
6514 | long ret; |
6515 | asection *s; |
6516 | |
6517 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
6518 | { |
6519 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
6520 | return -1; |
6521 | } |
6522 | |
6523 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
6524 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
6525 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
6526 | && elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
6527 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
6528 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
6529 | ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
6530 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
6531 | |
6532 | return ret; |
6533 | } |
6534 | |
6535 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the |
6536 | dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually |
6537 | associated with particular sections; the interface, which was |
6538 | designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only |
6539 | one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually |
6540 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the |
6541 | dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
6542 | |
6543 | long |
6544 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
6545 | arelent **storage, |
6546 | asymbol **syms) |
6547 | { |
6548 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
6549 | asection *s; |
6550 | long ret; |
6551 | |
6552 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
6553 | { |
6554 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
6555 | return -1; |
6556 | } |
6557 | |
6558 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
6559 | ret = 0; |
6560 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
6561 | { |
6562 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
6563 | && elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
6564 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
6565 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
6566 | { |
6567 | arelent *p; |
6568 | long count, i; |
6569 | |
6570 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE1)) |
6571 | return -1; |
6572 | count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(s)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
6573 | p = s->relocation; |
6574 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
6575 | *storage++ = p++; |
6576 | ret += count; |
6577 | } |
6578 | } |
6579 | |
6580 | *storage = NULL((void*)0); |
6581 | |
6582 | return ret; |
6583 | } |
6584 | |
6585 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
6586 | |
6587 | bfd_boolean |
6588 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) |
6589 | { |
6590 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL((void*)0); |
6591 | unsigned int freeidx = 0; |
6592 | |
6593 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
6594 | { |
6595 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
6596 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
6597 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
6598 | unsigned int i; |
6599 | bfd_byte *contents_end; |
6600 | |
6601 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr; |
6602 | |
6603 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, |
6604 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); |
6605 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0)) |
6606 | goto error_return; |
6607 | |
6608 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
6609 | |
6610 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
6611 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
6612 | { |
6613 | error_return_verref: |
6614 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref = NULL((void*)0); |
6615 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs = 0; |
6616 | goto error_return; |
6617 | } |
6618 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
6619 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
6620 | goto error_return_verref; |
6621 | |
6622 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) |
6623 | goto error_return_verref; |
6624 | |
6625 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)do { if (!(sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux ))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,6626); } while (0) |
6626 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux))do { if (!(sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux ))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,6626); } while (0); |
6627 | contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); |
6628 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
6629 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
6630 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
6631 | { |
6632 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
6633 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
6634 | unsigned int j; |
6635 | |
6636 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
6637 | |
6638 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
6639 | |
6640 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
6641 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
6642 | iverneed->vn_file); |
6643 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL((void*)0)) |
6644 | goto error_return_verref; |
6645 | |
6646 | if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) |
6647 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6648 | else |
6649 | { |
6650 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, |
6651 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); |
6652 | if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
6653 | goto error_return_verref; |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | if (iverneed->vn_aux |
6657 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
6658 | goto error_return_verref; |
6659 | |
6660 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
6661 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
6662 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
6663 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
6664 | { |
6665 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
6666 | |
6667 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
6668 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
6669 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
6670 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
6671 | goto error_return_verref; |
6672 | |
6673 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
6674 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
6675 | else |
6676 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6677 | |
6678 | if (ivernaux->vna_next |
6679 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) |
6680 | goto error_return_verref; |
6681 | |
6682 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
6683 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
6684 | |
6685 | if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) |
6686 | freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; |
6687 | } |
6688 | |
6689 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
6690 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
6691 | else |
6692 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL((void*)0); |
6693 | |
6694 | if (iverneed->vn_next |
6695 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
6696 | goto error_return_verref; |
6697 | |
6698 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
6699 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | free (contents); |
6703 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
6707 | { |
6708 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
6709 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
6710 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
6711 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
6712 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
6713 | unsigned int i; |
6714 | unsigned int maxidx; |
6715 | bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; |
6716 | |
6717 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr; |
6718 | |
6719 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
6720 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
6721 | goto error_return; |
6722 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
6723 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
6724 | goto error_return; |
6725 | |
6726 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) |
6727 | goto error_return; |
6728 | |
6729 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)do { if (!(sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux ))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,6730); } while (0) |
6730 | >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux))do { if (!(sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux ))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c" ,6730); } while (0); |
6731 | contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size |
6732 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); |
6733 | contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size |
6734 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); |
6735 | |
6736 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
6737 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
6738 | the maximum. */ |
6739 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
6740 | maxidx = 0; |
6741 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
6742 | { |
6743 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
6744 | |
6745 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff)) > maxidx) |
6746 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff); |
6747 | |
6748 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next |
6749 | > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
6750 | goto error_return; |
6751 | |
6752 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
6753 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
6754 | } |
6755 | |
6756 | if (default_imported_symver) |
6757 | { |
6758 | if (freeidx > maxidx) |
6759 | maxidx = ++freeidx; |
6760 | else |
6761 | freeidx = ++maxidx; |
6762 | } |
6763 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, |
6764 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
6765 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
6766 | goto error_return; |
6767 | |
6768 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
6769 | |
6770 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
6771 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; |
6772 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
6773 | { |
6774 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
6775 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
6776 | unsigned int j; |
6777 | |
6778 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
6779 | |
6780 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff) == 0) |
6781 | { |
6782 | error_return_verdef: |
6783 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef = NULL((void*)0); |
6784 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs = 0; |
6785 | goto error_return; |
6786 | } |
6787 | |
6788 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff) - 1]; |
6789 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
6790 | |
6791 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
6792 | |
6793 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) |
6794 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6795 | else |
6796 | { |
6797 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, |
6798 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
6799 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
6800 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6801 | } |
6802 | |
6803 | if (iverdef->vd_aux |
6804 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
6805 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6806 | |
6807 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
6808 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
6809 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
6810 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
6811 | { |
6812 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
6813 | |
6814 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
6815 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
6816 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
6817 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
6818 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6819 | |
6820 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
6821 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
6822 | else |
6823 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6824 | |
6825 | if (iverdaux->vda_next |
6826 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) |
6827 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6828 | |
6829 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
6830 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
6831 | } |
6832 | |
6833 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt) |
6834 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
6835 | |
6836 | if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) |
6837 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
6838 | else |
6839 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL((void*)0); |
6840 | |
6841 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
6842 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
6843 | } |
6844 | |
6845 | free (contents); |
6846 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
6847 | } |
6848 | else if (default_imported_symver) |
6849 | { |
6850 | if (freeidx < 3) |
6851 | freeidx = 3; |
6852 | else |
6853 | freeidx++; |
6854 | |
6855 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, |
6856 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
6857 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
6858 | goto error_return; |
6859 | |
6860 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs = freeidx; |
6861 | } |
6862 | |
6863 | /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ |
6864 | if (default_imported_symver) |
6865 | { |
6866 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
6867 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
6868 | |
6869 | iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; |
6870 | |
6871 | iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT1; |
6872 | iverdef->vd_flags = 0; |
6873 | iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; |
6874 | iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; |
6875 | |
6876 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
6877 | |
6878 | iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); |
6879 | if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
6880 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6881 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL((void*)0); |
6882 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
6883 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
6884 | goto error_return_verdef; |
6885 | |
6886 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
6887 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; |
6888 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
6889 | } |
6890 | |
6891 | return TRUE1; |
6892 | |
6893 | error_return: |
6894 | if (contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
6895 | free (contents); |
6896 | return FALSE0; |
6897 | } |
6898 | |
6899 | asymbol * |
6900 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
6901 | { |
6902 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
6903 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
6904 | |
6905 | newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
6906 | if (!newsym) |
6907 | return NULL((void*)0); |
6908 | else |
6909 | { |
6910 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
6911 | return &newsym->symbol; |
6912 | } |
6913 | } |
6914 | |
6915 | void |
6916 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6917 | asymbol *symbol, |
6918 | symbol_info *ret) |
6919 | { |
6920 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
6924 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
6925 | override it. */ |
6926 | |
6927 | bfd_boolean |
6928 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6929 | const char *name) |
6930 | { |
6931 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
6932 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
6933 | return TRUE1; |
6934 | |
6935 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
6936 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
6937 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
6938 | return TRUE1; |
6939 | |
6940 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
6941 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
6942 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
6943 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
6944 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
6945 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
6946 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
6947 | return TRUE1; |
6948 | |
6949 | return FALSE0; |
6950 | } |
6951 | |
6952 | alent * |
6953 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6954 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
6955 | { |
6956 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 6956 , __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); |
6957 | return NULL((void*)0); |
6958 | } |
6959 | |
6960 | bfd_boolean |
6961 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
6962 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
6963 | unsigned long machine) |
6964 | { |
6965 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
6966 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
6967 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch |
6968 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
6969 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
6970 | return FALSE0; |
6971 | |
6972 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
6973 | } |
6974 | |
6975 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
6976 | for error reporting. */ |
6977 | |
6978 | static bfd_boolean |
6979 | elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6980 | asection *section, |
6981 | asymbol **symbols, |
6982 | bfd_vma offset, |
6983 | const char **filename_ptr, |
6984 | const char **functionname_ptr) |
6985 | { |
6986 | const char *filename; |
6987 | asymbol *func, *file; |
6988 | bfd_vma low_func; |
6989 | asymbol **p; |
6990 | /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably |
6991 | choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are |
6992 | local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any |
6993 | global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a |
6994 | file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently |
6995 | ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to |
6996 | make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring |
6997 | file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ |
6998 | enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; |
6999 | |
7000 | filename = NULL((void*)0); |
7001 | func = NULL((void*)0); |
7002 | file = NULL((void*)0); |
7003 | low_func = 0; |
7004 | state = nothing_seen; |
7005 | |
7006 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL((void*)0); p++) |
7007 | { |
7008 | elf_symbol_type *q; |
7009 | |
7010 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
7011 | |
7012 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)((q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) & 0xF)) |
7013 | { |
7014 | default: |
7015 | break; |
7016 | case STT_FILE4: |
7017 | file = &q->symbol; |
7018 | if (state == symbol_seen) |
7019 | state = file_after_symbol_seen; |
7020 | continue; |
7021 | case STT_NOTYPE0: |
7022 | case STT_FUNC2: |
7023 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol)((&q->symbol)->section) == section |
7024 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
7025 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
7026 | { |
7027 | func = (asymbol *) q; |
7028 | low_func = q->symbol.value; |
7029 | filename = NULL((void*)0); |
7030 | if (file != NULL((void*)0) |
7031 | && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)(((unsigned int)(q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) >> 4) == STB_LOCAL0 |
7032 | || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) |
7033 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file)((file)->name); |
7034 | } |
7035 | break; |
7036 | } |
7037 | if (state == nothing_seen) |
7038 | state = symbol_seen; |
7039 | } |
7040 | |
7041 | if (func == NULL((void*)0)) |
7042 | return FALSE0; |
7043 | |
7044 | if (filename_ptr) |
7045 | *filename_ptr = filename; |
7046 | if (functionname_ptr) |
7047 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func)((func)->name); |
7048 | |
7049 | return TRUE1; |
7050 | } |
7051 | |
7052 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
7053 | for error reporting. */ |
7054 | |
7055 | bfd_boolean |
7056 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
7057 | asection *section, |
7058 | asymbol **symbols, |
7059 | bfd_vma offset, |
7060 | const char **filename_ptr, |
7061 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
7062 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
7063 | { |
7064 | bfd_boolean found; |
7065 | |
7066 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
7067 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
7068 | line_ptr)) |
7069 | { |
7070 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
7071 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
7072 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
7073 | functionname_ptr); |
7074 | |
7075 | return TRUE1; |
7076 | } |
7077 | |
7078 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
7079 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
7080 | line_ptr, 0, |
7081 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
7082 | { |
7083 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
7084 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
7085 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
7086 | functionname_ptr); |
7087 | |
7088 | return TRUE1; |
7089 | } |
7090 | |
7091 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
7092 | &found, filename_ptr, |
7093 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
7094 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->line_info)) |
7095 | return FALSE0; |
7096 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
7097 | return TRUE1; |
7098 | |
7099 | if (symbols == NULL((void*)0)) |
7100 | return FALSE0; |
7101 | |
7102 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
7103 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
7104 | return FALSE0; |
7105 | |
7106 | *line_ptr = 0; |
7107 | return TRUE1; |
7108 | } |
7109 | |
7110 | /* Find the line for a symbol. */ |
7111 | |
7112 | bfd_boolean |
7113 | _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
7114 | const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) |
7115 | { |
7116 | return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, |
7117 | filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0, |
7118 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
7119 | } |
7120 | |
7121 | /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to |
7122 | bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about |
7123 | each level of function inlining that terminated at the address |
7124 | passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported |
7125 | for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ |
7126 | |
7127 | bfd_boolean |
7128 | _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, |
7129 | const char **filename_ptr, |
7130 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
7131 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
7132 | { |
7133 | bfd_boolean found; |
7134 | found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, |
7135 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
7136 | & elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
7137 | return found; |
7138 | } |
7139 | |
7140 | int |
7141 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc) |
7142 | { |
7143 | int ret; |
7144 | |
7145 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
7146 | if (! reloc) |
7147 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); |
7148 | return ret; |
7149 | } |
7150 | |
7151 | bfd_boolean |
7152 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
7153 | sec_ptr section, |
7154 | const void *location, |
7155 | file_ptr offset, |
7156 | bfd_size_type count) |
7157 | { |
7158 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
7159 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
7160 | |
7161 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
7162 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
7163 | return FALSE0; |
7164 | |
7165 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(section)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
7166 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
7167 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
7168 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
7169 | return FALSE0; |
7170 | |
7171 | return TRUE1; |
7172 | } |
7173 | |
7174 | void |
7175 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
7176 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
7177 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
7178 | { |
7179 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils-2.17/bfd/elf.c", 7179 , __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); |
7180 | } |
7181 | |
7182 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
7183 | |
7184 | bfd_boolean |
7185 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
7186 | { |
7187 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
7188 | |
7189 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
7190 | { |
7191 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
7192 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
7193 | |
7194 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
7195 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
7196 | |
7197 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
7198 | { |
7199 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
7200 | { |
7201 | case 8: |
7202 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
7203 | break; |
7204 | case 12: |
7205 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
7206 | break; |
7207 | case 16: |
7208 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
7209 | break; |
7210 | case 24: |
7211 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
7212 | break; |
7213 | case 32: |
7214 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
7215 | break; |
7216 | case 64: |
7217 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
7218 | break; |
7219 | default: |
7220 | goto fail; |
7221 | } |
7222 | |
7223 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
7224 | |
7225 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
7226 | { |
7227 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
7228 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
7229 | else |
7230 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
7231 | } |
7232 | } |
7233 | else |
7234 | { |
7235 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
7236 | { |
7237 | case 8: |
7238 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
7239 | break; |
7240 | case 14: |
7241 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
7242 | break; |
7243 | case 16: |
7244 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
7245 | break; |
7246 | case 26: |
7247 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
7248 | break; |
7249 | case 32: |
7250 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
7251 | break; |
7252 | case 64: |
7253 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
7254 | break; |
7255 | default: |
7256 | goto fail; |
7257 | } |
7258 | |
7259 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
7260 | } |
7261 | |
7262 | if (howto) |
7263 | areloc->howto = howto; |
7264 | else |
7265 | goto fail; |
7266 | } |
7267 | |
7268 | return TRUE1; |
7269 | |
7270 | fail: |
7271 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
7272 | (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s")("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
7273 | abfd, areloc->howto->name); |
7274 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
7275 | return FALSE0; |
7276 | } |
7277 | |
7278 | bfd_boolean |
7279 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
7280 | { |
7281 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
7282 | { |
7283 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) != NULL((void*)0)) |
7284 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
7285 | _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd); |
7286 | } |
7287 | |
7288 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanupbfd_true (abfd); |
7289 | } |
7290 | |
7291 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
7292 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
7293 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
7294 | this reloc. */ |
7295 | |
7296 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
7297 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
7298 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
7299 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
7300 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
7301 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
7302 | { |
7303 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
7304 | } |
7305 | |
7306 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
7307 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
7308 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
7309 | out details about the corefile. */ |
7310 | |
7311 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
7312 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
7313 | #endif |
7314 | |
7315 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
7316 | |
7317 | static int |
7318 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
7319 | { |
7320 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid << 16) |
7321 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid)); |
7322 | } |
7323 | |
7324 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
7325 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
7326 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
7327 | overwrite it. */ |
7328 | |
7329 | static bfd_boolean |
7330 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
7331 | { |
7332 | asection *sect2; |
7333 | |
7334 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
7335 | return TRUE1; |
7336 | |
7337 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
7338 | if (sect2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
7339 | return FALSE0; |
7340 | |
7341 | sect2->size = sect->size; |
7342 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
7343 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; |
7344 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
7345 | return TRUE1; |
7346 | } |
7347 | |
7348 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
7349 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
7350 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
7351 | such a section already exists. |
7352 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
7353 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
7354 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
7355 | bfd_boolean |
7356 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
7357 | char *name, |
7358 | size_t size, |
7359 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
7360 | { |
7361 | char buf[100]; |
7362 | char *threaded_name; |
7363 | size_t len; |
7364 | asection *sect; |
7365 | |
7366 | /* Build the section name. */ |
7367 | |
7368 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
7369 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
7370 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
7371 | if (threaded_name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7372 | return FALSE0; |
7373 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
7374 | |
7375 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name); |
7376 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7377 | return FALSE0; |
7378 | sect->size = size; |
7379 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
7380 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7381 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7382 | |
7383 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
7384 | } |
7385 | |
7386 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
7387 | solaris 2.5+ |
7388 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
7389 | unixware 4.2 |
7390 | */ |
7391 | |
7392 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
7393 | |
7394 | static bfd_boolean |
7395 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7396 | { |
7397 | size_t size; |
7398 | int offset; |
7399 | |
7400 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
7401 | { |
7402 | prstatus_t prstat; |
7403 | |
7404 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
7405 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
7406 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
7407 | |
7408 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
7409 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
7410 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
7411 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
7412 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
7413 | |
7414 | /* pr_who exists on: |
7415 | solaris 2.5+ |
7416 | unixware 4.2 |
7417 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
7418 | linux 2.[01] |
7419 | */ |
7420 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
7421 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
7422 | #endif |
7423 | } |
7424 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
7425 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
7426 | { |
7427 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
7428 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
7429 | |
7430 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
7431 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
7432 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
7433 | |
7434 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
7435 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
7436 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
7437 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
7438 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
7439 | |
7440 | /* pr_who exists on: |
7441 | solaris 2.5+ |
7442 | unixware 4.2 |
7443 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
7444 | linux 2.[01] |
7445 | */ |
7446 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
7447 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
7448 | #endif |
7449 | } |
7450 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
7451 | else |
7452 | { |
7453 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
7454 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
7455 | return TRUE1; |
7456 | } |
7457 | |
7458 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
7459 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
7460 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
7461 | } |
7462 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
7463 | |
7464 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
7465 | static bfd_boolean |
7466 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
7467 | char *name, |
7468 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7469 | { |
7470 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
7471 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
7472 | } |
7473 | |
7474 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
7475 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
7476 | data structure apart. */ |
7477 | |
7478 | static bfd_boolean |
7479 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7480 | { |
7481 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7482 | } |
7483 | |
7484 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
7485 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents |
7486 | literally. */ |
7487 | |
7488 | static bfd_boolean |
7489 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7490 | { |
7491 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
7492 | } |
7493 | |
7494 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
7495 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
7496 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
7497 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
7498 | #endif |
7499 | #endif |
7500 | |
7501 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
7502 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
7503 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
7504 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
7505 | #endif |
7506 | #endif |
7507 | |
7508 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
7509 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
7510 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
7511 | |
7512 | char * |
7513 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
7514 | { |
7515 | char *dups; |
7516 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
7517 | size_t len; |
7518 | |
7519 | if (end == NULL((void*)0)) |
7520 | len = max; |
7521 | else |
7522 | len = end - start; |
7523 | |
7524 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
7525 | if (dups == NULL((void*)0)) |
7526 | return NULL((void*)0); |
7527 | |
7528 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
7529 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
7530 | |
7531 | return dups; |
7532 | } |
7533 | |
7534 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
7535 | static bfd_boolean |
7536 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7537 | { |
7538 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
7539 | { |
7540 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
7541 | |
7542 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
7543 | |
7544 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
7545 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
7546 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
7547 | |
7548 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
7549 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
7550 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
7551 | } |
7552 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
7553 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
7554 | { |
7555 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
7556 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
7557 | |
7558 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
7559 | |
7560 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
7561 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
7562 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
7563 | |
7564 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
7565 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
7566 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
7567 | } |
7568 | #endif |
7569 | |
7570 | else |
7571 | { |
7572 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
7573 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
7574 | return TRUE1; |
7575 | } |
7576 | |
7577 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
7578 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
7579 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
7580 | |
7581 | { |
7582 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command; |
7583 | int n = strlen (command); |
7584 | |
7585 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
7586 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
7587 | } |
7588 | |
7589 | return TRUE1; |
7590 | } |
7591 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
7592 | |
7593 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
7594 | static bfd_boolean |
7595 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7596 | { |
7597 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
7598 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
7599 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
7600 | #endif |
7601 | ) |
7602 | { |
7603 | pstatus_t pstat; |
7604 | |
7605 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
7606 | |
7607 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
7608 | } |
7609 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
7610 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
7611 | { |
7612 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
7613 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
7614 | |
7615 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
7616 | |
7617 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
7618 | } |
7619 | #endif |
7620 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
7621 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
7622 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
7623 | |
7624 | return TRUE1; |
7625 | } |
7626 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
7627 | |
7628 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
7629 | static bfd_boolean |
7630 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7631 | { |
7632 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
7633 | char buf[100]; |
7634 | char *name; |
7635 | size_t len; |
7636 | asection *sect; |
7637 | |
7638 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
7639 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
7640 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
7641 | #endif |
7642 | ) |
7643 | return TRUE1; |
7644 | |
7645 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
7646 | |
7647 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
7648 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
7649 | |
7650 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
7651 | |
7652 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
7653 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
7654 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
7655 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7656 | return FALSE0; |
7657 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
7658 | |
7659 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7660 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7661 | return FALSE0; |
7662 | |
7663 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
7664 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
7665 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
7666 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
7667 | #endif |
7668 | |
7669 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
7670 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
7671 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
7672 | #endif |
7673 | |
7674 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7675 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7676 | |
7677 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
7678 | return FALSE0; |
7679 | |
7680 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
7681 | |
7682 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
7683 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
7684 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
7685 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7686 | return FALSE0; |
7687 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
7688 | |
7689 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7690 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7691 | return FALSE0; |
7692 | |
7693 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
7694 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
7695 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
7696 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs ); |
7697 | #endif |
7698 | |
7699 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
7700 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
7701 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
7702 | #endif |
7703 | |
7704 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7705 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7706 | |
7707 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
7708 | } |
7709 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
7710 | |
7711 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
7712 | static bfd_boolean |
7713 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7714 | { |
7715 | char buf[30]; |
7716 | char *name; |
7717 | size_t len; |
7718 | asection *sect; |
7719 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
7720 | |
7721 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) |
7722 | return TRUE1; |
7723 | |
7724 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus)); |
7725 | |
7726 | switch (pstatus.data_type) |
7727 | { |
7728 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: |
7729 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
7730 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; |
7731 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; |
7732 | break; |
7733 | |
7734 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: |
7735 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
7736 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); |
7737 | |
7738 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
7739 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
7740 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7741 | return FALSE0; |
7742 | |
7743 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
7744 | |
7745 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7746 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7747 | return FALSE0; |
7748 | |
7749 | sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
7750 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos |
7751 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context ) |
7752 | data.thread_info.thread_context)__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context )); |
7753 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7754 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7755 | |
7756 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) |
7757 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
7758 | return FALSE0; |
7759 | break; |
7760 | |
7761 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: |
7762 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
7763 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", |
7764 | (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
7765 | |
7766 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
7767 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
7768 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7769 | return FALSE0; |
7770 | |
7771 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
7772 | |
7773 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7774 | |
7775 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7776 | return FALSE0; |
7777 | |
7778 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
7779 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7780 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7781 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7782 | break; |
7783 | |
7784 | default: |
7785 | return TRUE1; |
7786 | } |
7787 | |
7788 | return TRUE1; |
7789 | } |
7790 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ |
7791 | |
7792 | static bfd_boolean |
7793 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7794 | { |
7795 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
7796 | |
7797 | switch (note->type) |
7798 | { |
7799 | default: |
7800 | return TRUE1; |
7801 | |
7802 | case NT_PRSTATUS1: |
7803 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
7804 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
7805 | return TRUE1; |
7806 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
7807 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
7808 | #else |
7809 | return TRUE1; |
7810 | #endif |
7811 | |
7812 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
7813 | case NT_PSTATUS10: |
7814 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
7815 | #endif |
7816 | |
7817 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
7818 | case NT_LWPSTATUS16: |
7819 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
7820 | #endif |
7821 | |
7822 | case NT_FPREGSET2: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
7823 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
7824 | |
7825 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
7826 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS18: |
7827 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
7828 | #endif |
7829 | |
7830 | case NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
7831 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
7832 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
7833 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
7834 | else |
7835 | return TRUE1; |
7836 | |
7837 | case NT_PRPSINFO3: |
7838 | case NT_PSINFO13: |
7839 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
7840 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
7841 | return TRUE1; |
7842 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
7843 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
7844 | #else |
7845 | return TRUE1; |
7846 | #endif |
7847 | |
7848 | case NT_AUXV6: |
7849 | { |
7850 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
7851 | |
7852 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7853 | return FALSE0; |
7854 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
7855 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7856 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
7857 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
7858 | |
7859 | return TRUE1; |
7860 | } |
7861 | } |
7862 | } |
7863 | |
7864 | static bfd_boolean |
7865 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
7866 | { |
7867 | char *cp; |
7868 | |
7869 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
7870 | if (cp != NULL((void*)0)) |
7871 | { |
7872 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
7873 | return TRUE1; |
7874 | } |
7875 | return FALSE0; |
7876 | } |
7877 | |
7878 | static bfd_boolean |
7879 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7880 | { |
7881 | |
7882 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
7883 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
7884 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
7885 | |
7886 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
7887 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
7888 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x50)); |
7889 | |
7890 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
7891 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
7892 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
7893 | |
7894 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
7895 | note); |
7896 | } |
7897 | |
7898 | static bfd_boolean |
7899 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7900 | { |
7901 | int lwp; |
7902 | |
7903 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
7904 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
7905 | |
7906 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO1) |
7907 | { |
7908 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
7909 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
7910 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
7911 | creates a core file. */ |
7912 | |
7913 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
7914 | } |
7915 | |
7916 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
7917 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
7918 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
7919 | understand it. */ |
7920 | |
7921 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32) |
7922 | return TRUE1; |
7923 | |
7924 | |
7925 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
7926 | { |
7927 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
7928 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
7929 | |
7930 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
7931 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
7932 | switch (note->type) |
7933 | { |
7934 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+0: |
7935 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
7936 | |
7937 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+2: |
7938 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7939 | |
7940 | default: |
7941 | return TRUE1; |
7942 | } |
7943 | |
7944 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
7945 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
7946 | |
7947 | default: |
7948 | switch (note->type) |
7949 | { |
7950 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+1: |
7951 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
7952 | |
7953 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+3: |
7954 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7955 | |
7956 | default: |
7957 | return TRUE1; |
7958 | } |
7959 | } |
7960 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
7961 | } |
7962 | |
7963 | static bfd_boolean |
7964 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7965 | { |
7966 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
7967 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
7968 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
7969 | |
7970 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ |
7971 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
7972 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x20)); |
7973 | |
7974 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
7975 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
7976 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); |
7977 | |
7978 | return TRUE1; |
7979 | } |
7980 | |
7981 | static bfd_boolean |
7982 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7983 | { |
7984 | int lwp; |
7985 | |
7986 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
7987 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
7988 | |
7989 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO10) |
7990 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
7991 | |
7992 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS20) |
7993 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
7994 | |
7995 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS21) |
7996 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7997 | |
7998 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS22) |
7999 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
8000 | |
8001 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV11) |
8002 | { |
8003 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
8004 | |
8005 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
8006 | return FALSE0; |
8007 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
8008 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
8009 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
8010 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
8011 | |
8012 | return TRUE1; |
8013 | } |
8014 | |
8015 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE23) |
8016 | { |
8017 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".wcookie"); |
8018 | |
8019 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
8020 | return FALSE0; |
8021 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
8022 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
8023 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
8024 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
8025 | |
8026 | return TRUE1; |
8027 | } |
8028 | |
8029 | return TRUE1; |
8030 | } |
8031 | |
8032 | static bfd_boolean |
8033 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid) |
8034 | { |
8035 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
8036 | char buf[100]; |
8037 | char *name; |
8038 | asection *sect; |
8039 | short sig; |
8040 | unsigned flags; |
8041 | |
8042 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
8043 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata)); |
8044 | |
8045 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
8046 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 4) ); |
8047 | |
8048 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
8049 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 8) ); |
8050 | |
8051 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
8052 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx16)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 14 ))) > 0) |
8053 | { |
8054 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = sig; |
8055 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
8056 | } |
8057 | |
8058 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
8059 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
8060 | thread just in case. */ |
8061 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
8062 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
8063 | |
8064 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
8065 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid); |
8066 | |
8067 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
8068 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
8069 | return FALSE0; |
8070 | strcpy (name, buf); |
8071 | |
8072 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
8073 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
8074 | return FALSE0; |
8075 | |
8076 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
8077 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
8078 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
8079 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
8080 | |
8081 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
8082 | } |
8083 | |
8084 | static bfd_boolean |
8085 | elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, |
8086 | Elf_Internal_Note *note, |
8087 | pid_t tid, |
8088 | char *base) |
8089 | { |
8090 | char buf[100]; |
8091 | char *name; |
8092 | asection *sect; |
8093 | |
8094 | /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ |
8095 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid); |
8096 | |
8097 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
8098 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
8099 | return FALSE0; |
8100 | strcpy (name, buf); |
8101 | |
8102 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
8103 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
8104 | return FALSE0; |
8105 | |
8106 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
8107 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
8108 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x100; |
8109 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
8110 | |
8111 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
8112 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid == tid) |
8113 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); |
8114 | |
8115 | return TRUE1; |
8116 | } |
8117 | |
8118 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7 7 |
8119 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8 8 |
8120 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9 9 |
8121 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10 10 |
8122 | |
8123 | static bfd_boolean |
8124 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
8125 | { |
8126 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
8127 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
8128 | function. */ |
8129 | static pid_t tid = 1; |
8130 | |
8131 | switch (note->type) |
8132 | { |
8133 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7: |
8134 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
8135 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8: |
8136 | return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
8137 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9: |
8138 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); |
8139 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10: |
8140 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); |
8141 | default: |
8142 | return TRUE1; |
8143 | } |
8144 | } |
8145 | |
8146 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
8147 | |
8148 | Inputs: |
8149 | buffer to hold note |
8150 | name of note |
8151 | type of note |
8152 | data for note |
8153 | size of data for note |
8154 | |
8155 | Return: |
8156 | End of buffer containing note. */ |
8157 | |
8158 | char * |
8159 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
8160 | char *buf, |
8161 | int *bufsiz, |
8162 | const char *name, |
8163 | int type, |
8164 | const void *input, |
8165 | int size) |
8166 | { |
8167 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
8168 | size_t namesz; |
8169 | size_t pad; |
8170 | size_t newspace; |
8171 | char *p, *dest; |
8172 | |
8173 | namesz = 0; |
8174 | pad = 0; |
8175 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
8176 | { |
8177 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
8178 | |
8179 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
8180 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
8181 | pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1); |
8182 | } |
8183 | |
8184 | newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size; |
8185 | |
8186 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
8187 | dest = p + *bufsiz; |
8188 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
8189 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
8190 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (namesz, xnp->namesz )); |
8191 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (size, xnp->descsz) ); |
8192 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (type, xnp->type)); |
8193 | dest = xnp->name; |
8194 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
8195 | { |
8196 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
8197 | dest += namesz; |
8198 | while (pad != 0) |
8199 | { |
8200 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
8201 | --pad; |
8202 | } |
8203 | } |
8204 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
8205 | return p; |
8206 | } |
8207 | |
8208 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
8209 | char * |
8210 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
8211 | char *buf, |
8212 | int *bufsiz, |
8213 | const char *fname, |
8214 | const char *psargs) |
8215 | { |
8216 | int note_type; |
8217 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
8218 | |
8219 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
8220 | psinfo_t data; |
8221 | note_type = NT_PSINFO13; |
8222 | #else |
8223 | prpsinfo_t data; |
8224 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO3; |
8225 | #endif |
8226 | |
8227 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
8228 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
8229 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
8230 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
8231 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
8232 | } |
8233 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
8234 | |
8235 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
8236 | char * |
8237 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
8238 | char *buf, |
8239 | int *bufsiz, |
8240 | long pid, |
8241 | int cursig, |
8242 | const void *gregs) |
8243 | { |
8244 | prstatus_t prstat; |
8245 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
8246 | |
8247 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
8248 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
8249 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
8250 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
8251 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
8252 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS1, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
8253 | } |
8254 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
8255 | |
8256 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
8257 | char * |
8258 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
8259 | char *buf, |
8260 | int *bufsiz, |
8261 | long pid, |
8262 | int cursig, |
8263 | const void *gregs) |
8264 | { |
8265 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
8266 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
8267 | |
8268 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
8269 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
8270 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
8271 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
8272 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
8273 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
8274 | #if !defined(gregs) |
8275 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
8276 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
8277 | #else |
8278 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
8279 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
8280 | #endif |
8281 | #endif |
8282 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
8283 | NT_LWPSTATUS16, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
8284 | } |
8285 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
8286 | |
8287 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
8288 | char * |
8289 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
8290 | char *buf, |
8291 | int *bufsiz, |
8292 | long pid, |
8293 | int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
8294 | const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
8295 | { |
8296 | pstatus_t pstat; |
8297 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
8298 | |
8299 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
8300 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
8301 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
8302 | NT_PSTATUS10, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
8303 | return buf; |
8304 | } |
8305 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
8306 | |
8307 | char * |
8308 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
8309 | char *buf, |
8310 | int *bufsiz, |
8311 | const void *fpregs, |
8312 | int size) |
8313 | { |
8314 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
8315 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
8316 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET2, fpregs, size); |
8317 | } |
8318 | |
8319 | char * |
8320 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
8321 | char *buf, |
8322 | int *bufsiz, |
8323 | const void *xfpregs, |
8324 | int size) |
8325 | { |
8326 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
8327 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
8328 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f, xfpregs, size); |
8329 | } |
8330 | |
8331 | static bfd_boolean |
8332 | elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
8333 | { |
8334 | char *buf; |
8335 | char *p; |
8336 | |
8337 | if (size <= 0) |
8338 | return TRUE1; |
8339 | |
8340 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
8341 | return FALSE0; |
8342 | |
8343 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
8344 | if (buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
8345 | return FALSE0; |
8346 | |
8347 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
8348 | { |
8349 | error: |
8350 | free (buf); |
8351 | return FALSE0; |
8352 | } |
8353 | |
8354 | p = buf; |
8355 | while (p < buf + size) |
8356 | { |
8357 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
8358 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
8359 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
8360 | |
8361 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->type)); |
8362 | |
8363 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->namesz)); |
8364 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
8365 | |
8366 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->descsz)); |
8367 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.namesz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
8368 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
8369 | |
8370 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0) |
8371 | { |
8372 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
8373 | goto error; |
8374 | } |
8375 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "OpenBSD", 7) == 0) |
8376 | { |
8377 | if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
8378 | goto error; |
8379 | } |
8380 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0) |
8381 | { |
8382 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
8383 | goto error; |
8384 | } |
8385 | else |
8386 | { |
8387 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
8388 | goto error; |
8389 | } |
8390 | |
8391 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.descsz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
8392 | } |
8393 | |
8394 | free (buf); |
8395 | return TRUE1; |
8396 | } |
8397 | |
8398 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
8399 | |
8400 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
8401 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
8402 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
8403 | |
8404 | long |
8405 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
8406 | { |
8407 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
8408 | { |
8409 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
8410 | return -1; |
8411 | } |
8412 | |
8413 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
8414 | } |
8415 | |
8416 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
8417 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
8418 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
8419 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
8420 | |
8421 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
8422 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
8423 | |
8424 | int |
8425 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
8426 | { |
8427 | int num_phdrs; |
8428 | |
8429 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
8430 | { |
8431 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
8432 | return -1; |
8433 | } |
8434 | |
8435 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
8436 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr, |
8437 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
8438 | |
8439 | return num_phdrs; |
8440 | } |
8441 | |
8442 | void |
8443 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char *buf, bfd_vma value) |
8444 | { |
8445 | #ifdef BFD64 |
8446 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
8447 | |
8448 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
8449 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
8450 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
8451 | else |
8452 | { |
8453 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
8454 | { |
8455 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
8456 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
8457 | #else |
8458 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
8459 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
8460 | #endif |
8461 | } |
8462 | else |
8463 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
8464 | } |
8465 | #else |
8466 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
8467 | #endif |
8468 | } |
8469 | |
8470 | void |
8471 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), void *stream, bfd_vma value) |
8472 | { |
8473 | #ifdef BFD64 |
8474 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
8475 | |
8476 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
8477 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
8478 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
8479 | else |
8480 | { |
8481 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
8482 | { |
8483 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
8484 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
8485 | #else |
8486 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
8487 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
8488 | #endif |
8489 | } |
8490 | else |
8491 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", |
8492 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
8493 | } |
8494 | #else |
8495 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
8496 | #endif |
8497 | } |
8498 | |
8499 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
8500 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
8501 | { |
8502 | return reloc_class_normal; |
8503 | } |
8504 | |
8505 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
8506 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
8507 | |
8508 | bfd_vma |
8509 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
8510 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
8511 | asection **psec, |
8512 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
8513 | { |
8514 | asection *sec = *psec; |
8515 | bfd_vma relocation; |
8516 | |
8517 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
8518 | + sec->output_offset |
8519 | + sym->st_value); |
8520 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE0x1000000) |
8521 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)((sym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3 |
8522 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
8523 | { |
8524 | rel->r_addend = |
8525 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
8526 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
8527 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); |
8528 | if (sec != *psec) |
8529 | { |
8530 | /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is |
8531 | marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original |
8532 | SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some |
8533 | other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave |
8534 | some info around for --emit-relocs. */ |
8535 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE0x8000) != 0) |
8536 | sec->kept_section = *psec; |
8537 | sec = *psec; |
8538 | } |
8539 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
8540 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
8541 | } |
8542 | return relocation; |
8543 | } |
8544 | |
8545 | bfd_vma |
8546 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
8547 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
8548 | asection **psec, |
8549 | bfd_vma addend) |
8550 | { |
8551 | asection *sec = *psec; |
8552 | |
8553 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
8554 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
8555 | |
8556 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
8557 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
8558 | sym->st_value + addend); |
8559 | } |
8560 | |
8561 | bfd_vma |
8562 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
8563 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
8564 | asection *sec, |
8565 | bfd_vma offset) |
8566 | { |
8567 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
8568 | { |
8569 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS1: |
8570 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec)->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
8571 | offset); |
8572 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME3: |
8573 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); |
8574 | default: |
8575 | return offset; |
8576 | } |
8577 | } |
8578 | |
8579 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
8580 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
8581 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
8582 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
8583 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
8584 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
8585 | |
8586 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
8587 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
8588 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
8589 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
8590 | the remote memory. */ |
8591 | |
8592 | bfd * |
8593 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
8594 | (bfd *templ, |
8595 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
8596 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
8597 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int)) |
8598 | { |
8599 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (templ)->xvec->backend_data )->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
8600 | (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
8601 | } |
8602 | |
8603 | long |
8604 | _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
8605 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
8606 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
8607 | long dynsymcount, |
8608 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
8609 | asymbol **ret) |
8610 | { |
8611 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
8612 | asection *relplt; |
8613 | asymbol *s; |
8614 | const char *relplt_name; |
8615 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
8616 | arelent *p; |
8617 | long count, i, n; |
8618 | size_t size; |
8619 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
8620 | char *names; |
8621 | asection *plt; |
8622 | |
8623 | *ret = NULL((void*)0); |
8624 | |
8625 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC0x40 | EXEC_P0x02)) == 0) |
8626 | return 0; |
8627 | |
8628 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
8629 | return 0; |
8630 | |
8631 | if (!bed->plt_sym_val) |
8632 | return 0; |
8633 | |
8634 | relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; |
8635 | if (relplt_name == NULL((void*)0)) |
8636 | relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; |
8637 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); |
8638 | if (relplt == NULL((void*)0)) |
8639 | return 0; |
8640 | |
8641 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(relplt)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
8642 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
8643 | || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL9 && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA4)) |
8644 | return 0; |
8645 | |
8646 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
8647 | if (plt == NULL((void*)0)) |
8648 | return 0; |
8649 | |
8650 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
8651 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE1)) |
8652 | return -1; |
8653 | |
8654 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
8655 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
8656 | p = relplt->relocation; |
8657 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
8658 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
8659 | |
8660 | s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
8661 | if (s == NULL((void*)0)) |
8662 | return -1; |
8663 | |
8664 | names = (char *) (s + count); |
8665 | p = relplt->relocation; |
8666 | n = 0; |
8667 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++) |
8668 | { |
8669 | size_t len; |
8670 | bfd_vma addr; |
8671 | |
8672 | addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); |
8673 | if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
8674 | continue; |
8675 | |
8676 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
8677 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
8678 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
8679 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL0x01) == 0) |
8680 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL0x02; |
8681 | s->section = plt; |
8682 | s->value = addr - plt->vma; |
8683 | s->name = names; |
8684 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
8685 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
8686 | names += len; |
8687 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
8688 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
8689 | ++n; |
8690 | } |
8691 | |
8692 | return n; |
8693 | } |
8694 | |
8695 | /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions |
8696 | sorted by section at the beginning. */ |
8697 | |
8698 | static int |
8699 | elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
8700 | { |
8701 | const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1; |
8702 | const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2; |
8703 | int shndx; |
8704 | |
8705 | /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */ |
8706 | s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1; |
8707 | if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF0) |
8708 | return 1; |
8709 | s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2; |
8710 | if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF0) |
8711 | return -1; |
8712 | |
8713 | /* Sorted by section index. */ |
8714 | shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx; |
8715 | if (shndx != 0) |
8716 | return shndx; |
8717 | |
8718 | /* Sorted by binding. */ |
8719 | return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info)(((unsigned int)(s1->st_info)) >> 4) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info)(((unsigned int)(s2->st_info)) >> 4); |
8720 | } |
8721 | |
8722 | struct elf_symbol |
8723 | { |
8724 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
8725 | const char *name; |
8726 | }; |
8727 | |
8728 | static int |
8729 | elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
8730 | { |
8731 | const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1; |
8732 | const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2; |
8733 | return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name); |
8734 | } |
8735 | |
8736 | /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global |
8737 | symbols. */ |
8738 | |
8739 | bfd_boolean |
8740 | bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2, |
8741 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
8742 | { |
8743 | bfd *bfd1, *bfd2; |
8744 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2; |
8745 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2; |
8746 | bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2; |
8747 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2; |
8748 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL((void*)0), *isymstart2 = NULL((void*)0), *isym; |
8749 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
8750 | struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL((void*)0), *symtable2 = NULL((void*)0); |
8751 | bfd_size_type count1, count2, i; |
8752 | int shndx1, shndx2; |
8753 | bfd_boolean result; |
8754 | |
8755 | bfd1 = sec1->owner; |
8756 | bfd2 = sec2->owner; |
8757 | |
8758 | /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same |
8759 | section name. */ |
8760 | if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce", |
8761 | sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0 |
8762 | && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce", |
8763 | sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0) |
8764 | return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce", |
8765 | sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0; |
8766 | |
8767 | /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */ |
8768 | if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1)((bfd1)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
8769 | || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2)((bfd2)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
8770 | return FALSE0; |
8771 | |
8772 | if (elf_section_type (sec1)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec1)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) != elf_section_type (sec2)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec2)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type)) |
8773 | return FALSE0; |
8774 | |
8775 | if ((elf_section_flags (sec1)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec1)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) != 0 |
8776 | && (elf_section_flags (sec2)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec2)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) != 0) |
8777 | { |
8778 | /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the |
8779 | same group name. */ |
8780 | if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec1)->used_by_bfd)->group .name), elf_group_name (sec2)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(sec2)->used_by_bfd)->group .name)) != 0) |
8781 | return FALSE0; |
8782 | } |
8783 | |
8784 | shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1); |
8785 | shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2); |
8786 | if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1) |
8787 | return FALSE0; |
8788 | |
8789 | bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (bfd1)->xvec->backend_data ); |
8790 | bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (bfd2)->xvec->backend_data ); |
8791 | hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)((bfd1) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
8792 | symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym; |
8793 | hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)((bfd2) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
8794 | symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym; |
8795 | |
8796 | if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0) |
8797 | return FALSE0; |
8798 | |
8799 | result = FALSE0; |
8800 | isymbuf1 = elf_tdata (bfd1)((bfd1) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symbuf; |
8801 | isymbuf2 = elf_tdata (bfd2)((bfd2) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symbuf; |
8802 | |
8803 | if (isymbuf1 == NULL((void*)0)) |
8804 | { |
8805 | isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0, |
8806 | NULL((void*)0), NULL((void*)0), NULL((void*)0)); |
8807 | if (isymbuf1 == NULL((void*)0)) |
8808 | goto done; |
8809 | /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at |
8810 | the beginning. */ |
8811 | qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym), |
8812 | elf_sort_elf_symbol); |
8813 | if (!info->reduce_memory_overheads) |
8814 | elf_tdata (bfd1)((bfd1) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symbuf = isymbuf1; |
8815 | } |
8816 | |
8817 | if (isymbuf2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
8818 | { |
8819 | isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0, |
8820 | NULL((void*)0), NULL((void*)0), NULL((void*)0)); |
8821 | if (isymbuf2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
8822 | goto done; |
8823 | /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at |
8824 | the beginning. */ |
8825 | qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym), |
8826 | elf_sort_elf_symbol); |
8827 | if (!info->reduce_memory_overheads) |
8828 | elf_tdata (bfd2)((bfd2) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symbuf = isymbuf2; |
8829 | } |
8830 | |
8831 | /* Count definitions in the section. */ |
8832 | count1 = 0; |
8833 | for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1; |
8834 | isym < isymend; isym++) |
8835 | { |
8836 | if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1) |
8837 | { |
8838 | if (count1 == 0) |
8839 | isymstart1 = isym; |
8840 | count1++; |
8841 | } |
8842 | |
8843 | if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1) |
8844 | break; |
8845 | } |
8846 | |
8847 | count2 = 0; |
8848 | for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2; |
8849 | isym < isymend; isym++) |
8850 | { |
8851 | if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2) |
8852 | { |
8853 | if (count2 == 0) |
8854 | isymstart2 = isym; |
8855 | count2++; |
8856 | } |
8857 | |
8858 | if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2) |
8859 | break; |
8860 | } |
8861 | |
8862 | if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2) |
8863 | goto done; |
8864 | |
8865 | symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
8866 | symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
8867 | |
8868 | if (symtable1 == NULL((void*)0) || symtable2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
8869 | goto done; |
8870 | |
8871 | symp = symtable1; |
8872 | for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1; |
8873 | isym < isymend; isym++) |
8874 | { |
8875 | symp->sym = isym; |
8876 | symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1, |
8877 | hdr1->sh_link, |
8878 | isym->st_name); |
8879 | symp++; |
8880 | } |
8881 | |
8882 | symp = symtable2; |
8883 | for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1; |
8884 | isym < isymend; isym++) |
8885 | { |
8886 | symp->sym = isym; |
8887 | symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2, |
8888 | hdr2->sh_link, |
8889 | isym->st_name); |
8890 | symp++; |
8891 | } |
8892 | |
8893 | /* Sort symbol by name. */ |
8894 | qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
8895 | elf_sym_name_compare); |
8896 | qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
8897 | elf_sym_name_compare); |
8898 | |
8899 | for (i = 0; i < count1; i++) |
8900 | /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */ |
8901 | if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info |
8902 | || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other |
8903 | || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0) |
8904 | goto done; |
8905 | |
8906 | result = TRUE1; |
8907 | |
8908 | done: |
8909 | if (symtable1) |
8910 | free (symtable1); |
8911 | if (symtable2) |
8912 | free (symtable2); |
8913 | if (info->reduce_memory_overheads) |
8914 | { |
8915 | if (isymbuf1) |
8916 | free (isymbuf1); |
8917 | if (isymbuf2) |
8918 | free (isymbuf2); |
8919 | } |
8920 | |
8921 | return result; |
8922 | } |
8923 | |
8924 | /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ |
8925 | asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section |
8926 | = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,{ "LARGE_COMMON", 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0x1000, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, (struct bfd_section *) &_bfd_elf_large_com_section, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0 ), 0, 0, 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0, 0, ((void *)0), 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol *) ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol **) ((void*)0), { ((void*) 0) }, { ((void*)0) } } |
8927 | SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",{ "LARGE_COMMON", 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0x1000, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, (struct bfd_section *) &_bfd_elf_large_com_section, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0 ), 0, 0, 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0, 0, ((void *)0), 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol *) ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol **) ((void*)0), { ((void*) 0) }, { ((void*)0) } } |
8928 | 0){ "LARGE_COMMON", 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0x1000, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, (struct bfd_section *) &_bfd_elf_large_com_section, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0 ), 0, 0, 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), 0, 0, ((void *)0), 0, 0, ((void*)0), ((void*)0), ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol *) ((void*)0), (struct bfd_symbol **) ((void*)0), { ((void*) 0) }, { ((void*)0) } }; |
8929 | |
8930 | /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */ |
8931 | |
8932 | bfd_boolean |
8933 | _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec, |
8934 | bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec) |
8935 | { |
8936 | if (asec == NULL((void*)0) |
8937 | || bsec == NULL((void*)0) |
8938 | || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
8939 | || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
8940 | return TRUE1; |
8941 | |
8942 | return elf_section_type (asec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(asec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) == elf_section_type (bsec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)(bsec)->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type); |
8943 | } |